Deadly Cupcakes

Game Discussion => Outside Azeroth - General Chatter => Topic started by: Andy on October 22, 2012, 09:35:50 AM

Title: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on October 22, 2012, 09:35:50 AM
First, hi to everyone. Been awhile.

Second, I thought pet battles were novel and cute. And then I started doing pet battles.

Big mistake.

It's addictive. You take your fancy rare pets and have them munch on other pets. You may have always suspected that the Clockwork Gnome was a closeted psychopath in the Chucky tradition. Now I can confirm it as it marches through the land, blasting pets to bits over time. The Onyxian whelp reigns death from high above, including a tail whip that makes some voice in my head replay that line from the legendary Onyxia encounter video "and stay the FUCK away from the tail". And Peddlefoot is a ruthless sniper, capable of filling things full of arrows till they weep.

My hunter is stuck at 89 as she slowly flies circles over the zones of Azeroth in search for pets to kill and claim.

Then I found out that you can 'streamline' the tamer fighting process by sacrificing lower level pets to capture other higher level pets, thus making it faster to acquire higher levels. Basically, you have two choices: you can level a brood of pets (time consuming but stable) or you can try to grab higher level pets and move up quickly (slightly less time consuming but very risk rewarding).

Anyone else been trying their hand at this? I have lvl 15 pets, working on getting lvl 17s next.

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on October 22, 2012, 11:04:35 AM
I have been "dabbling." My fighting team pets are level 20-22.  I like the collecting more than that battles, but the weather dependant pets are currently making me annoyed as I camp them.

I have a minfernal, though, so my camping is not for naught.

Some of the achievements are a little bugged too.   I'm almost to the point of being able to capture pandarian pets.   The trainers are little harder. I'm only half way through the outland trainers.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Draeven on October 22, 2012, 12:59:13 PM
I have really just started with Pet Battles, but I am really enjoying it. I am interested in collecting them mostly but I am amused by my pet fighting. Especially do see my sporebat savagely whirlwinding and poisoning things. I always thought they were so passive!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: bleunienn on October 22, 2012, 01:19:12 PM
I am still dabbling -- and by dabbling I mean my highest level pets are level 10. 

I am very much in love with my Wolpertinger (codename:  Bun Tzu) and my Dark Whelpling.  The whelpling has a shadowflame ability, just like Neffie, though smaller and more adorable.

I have had zero success with PvP pet battles so far -- has anyone found a good guide to pet PvP, or have any words of wisdom about team makeup?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on October 22, 2012, 01:24:12 PM
I haven't tried PvP at all.

My line up is a mechanical squirrel (who sorely needs the upgrades coming in 5.1), a phoenix hatchling and a spirit of competition, which I plan to replace with a cloud serpent once I can catch them.   The self heals have been really nice, though I'm super jealous of pets with party wide heals.  I also find the mechanical's self rez super nail biting, but in a good way.

I must say the cockroach ability, apocalypse is so far the funniest.  "A meteor is falling from the twisting nether. When it lands all active pets will die. Unless they are cockroaches."
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Hotspur on October 23, 2012, 05:00:31 AM
I have 3 25s, and 3 24s, with a bunch of 22s from capturing.  Snagged a Scourged Whelpling a while back, too.

I actually forced myself to stop capturing and leveling pets so I could level actual characters, and get guild achievements.

That said, Black Tabby for life.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on October 23, 2012, 08:00:12 AM
The scourged Whelpling wasn't that hard for me.  The Artic fox kit, baby ape and silithid hatchlings are the ones driving me nuts.  The silithid hatchling is particular because the weather was up, but none of the spawns were.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on October 27, 2012, 08:20:39 AM
I swapped back to leveling pets so that I could use the pets I wanted, not the ones I found. I'm hovering just under 20 right now and have moved on to leveling in Outlands. I think if I have power and internet during the hurricane I'll be working my way through all of the Azeroth zones and capturing pets I don't have yet. The Pet Journal addon is good for showing where things spawn (or drop, like the dragon whelplings), but sometimes you have to double check Wowhead on the finer points. I'm glad I still have a Horde toon so that I could grab the Kalimdor taming quests as well as the city battle achievements.

For people looking for the Tamer achievement, there are seasonal pets to be on the lookout for (as in, they only appear during summer or winter).

Hotspur, I too had to stop my pet battles so that I could finish leveling my hunter to 90. Pet battles are what I do between queueing for heroics.

In checking the AH, there doesn't seem to be much of a market yet for battle pets. The highest level I saw was 5 (Peanut) and was selling for 1.5k.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Kharvek on October 27, 2012, 05:01:11 PM
You know who loves pet battles?  Brynn.  Brynn tell us all about your pet battling adventures.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on October 28, 2012, 08:08:01 AM
Be warned the achievement displays are a little broken.   I hope they fix this in 5.1.

Still waiting for my arctic fox kit and that other one in Taranis.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on October 30, 2012, 08:05:44 AM
Be warned the achievement displays are a little broken.   I hope they fix this in 5.1.

Still waiting for my arctic fox kit and that other one in Taranis.

I have characters staking out various spots: baby ape, silithid hatchling, minfernal, and snowy owl. From what I'm reading the snowy owl will come around in December, but can't confirm it. The others are just terrible for spawns. I got lucky and found a scourged hatchling on my third pass in Icecrown.

Yeah, the achievements are bugged as hell, but a simple search in et journal reminds me if I found one or not.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on October 31, 2012, 01:10:13 PM
I'm now 3 pets away from Zookeeper: the Silithid Hatchling (stupid sandstorms), Snowy Owl (stupid Blizzard being hazy about when winter starts), and the Qiraji Guardling (stupid summer). I managed to snag a minfernal after Tuesday's server reset and beat the RNG for logging into a rain storm in Cape STV.

More Battle Pets in 5.1. From WoWhead:

Quote
5.1 PTR: New Battle Pets
Some pet classes were rare out in the wild, notably Dragonkin and Mechanical wild battle pets. This latest patch introduced several wild battle pets that should give pet tamers more options when completing achievements. We couldn't find any on the PTR yet, but they show up in the Pet Journal. Cory Stockton tweeted last night: "Some fun new pets added to fill in the family gaps. 3 humanoid, 3 dragonkin, 2 magic and 3 mechanical. Should be catchable in the next push!"

The 12 new pets for Raiding with Leashes however were added to boss tables. We have a list below and were able to farm up Blazing Rune this morning! It also seems like there's 13 pets total, so maybe one is a reward for completing the achievement. They are not a 100% droprate, but appear to be BoE.

The achievement is called Raiding with Leashes (http://ptr.wowhead.com/achievement=7934). 12 pets in total, 3 each from MC, BWL, AQ40, and Naxxramas. Molten Core is very soloable as is AQ40, Naxx is possibly soloable since you don't have to go down the Military wing (but still have to deal with Gluth), while BWL will probably need 1 or 2 people just for the mechanics of Razorgore and possibly the Suppression Room.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on November 03, 2012, 11:34:01 AM
I just got my Snowy Owl so it's officially "winter."
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on November 04, 2012, 02:33:44 PM
I just got my Snowy Owl so it's officially "winter."

Where in Winterspring?

Edit: I had camped out where the Winterspring Owls spawn and found one on my second login to the area. I didn't check all of WSP but I only saw one spawn.

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on November 05, 2012, 06:28:58 AM
What I read is they're mostly all over.  I flew around for a bit and found one.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on November 05, 2012, 08:31:14 PM
Andy and I got our Silithid Hatchling! FINALLY!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on November 06, 2012, 09:45:58 AM
Andy and I got our Silithid Hatchling! FINALLY!

Yes! I didn't know that was your hunter. But thanks for announcing it. I got an uncommon hatchling, but I was more excited to just *get* one. :D

All that's left is that Silithus Guardian pet thingy in the summer for my Zookeeper achievement. Woohoo!

I'm kinda stuck on my tamer achievement. That orc in the Dragonblight has three pets that are kicking my ass (2 undead, 1 dragon). The 2 undead revive and just beat the crap out of my pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on November 06, 2012, 10:03:19 AM
I'm kinda stuck on my tamer achievement. That orc in the Dragonblight has three pets that are kicking my ass (2 undead, 1 dragon). The 2 undead revive and just beat the crap out of my pets.

Yeah, he was tough, especially with the death grip on the hand too.  I think I got a lot of mileage out of having dots, like the fire shield on my phoenix and my flame thrower on my Spirit of Competition, it meant that after they self rezed, the dots would take them back down again.   I had more trouble with the one in the crystal forest, though.   I though the orc had two dragon, one undead.   I've been finding that I have to strategically sacrifice things sometimes.    I have 1 mechanical who has a self rez and it's useful to take super powerful hits or insta-kills.  The meta for northrend is a pain too because he has a bear who can hibernate back to full and a mechanopeep that can almost one shot you if you don't have a pet that mechanical attacks are  weak against.   The cata trainers are actually much easier so far than the wrath ones were.

I'm being a little sad that I can see the end of pet battle content, so I'm trying to ration what I have left.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on November 29, 2012, 07:07:58 AM
5.1 is out, so I started hunting the pets for Raiding with Leashes.

Disclaimer: I'm a (currently) ilvl470 Hunter with a long personal history of soloing encounters (mainly as a paladin, but still).

It's certainly doable, but some of the encounter mechanics require a pet if not another person.

Molten Core
- Magmadar, Sulfurion, Golemagg
= You won't need another, but you'll still need to clear Lucifron and the core hound packs for Mags. Otherwise, you can skip all the trash. Just be mindful that that Core Hounds have an annoyingly large aggro radius, even at 60-61.

Blackwing Lair
- Razorgore, Broodlord, Chromaggus
= Easy way: bring someone to help with Razorgore's encounter.
= Very hard way: I was able to solo it, but it took about a half dozen tries. The secret from WoWHead is to drop control of Razorgore as much as you can to draw adds to you. I then aoe'd the ones on me, killed those that were fighting Razorgore, and then ran around the room. Before I re-used the orb, I dropped a fire and snake trap to passively kill adds while I MC'd Razorgore. It was doable, but I only make it by 2-4% less on Razorgore. Not fun.
The rest was easy for me as a hunter. The suppression room was just like watching the beach running scene from Chariots of Fire.

AQ40
- Prophet, Viscidus, Twin Emps
= Prophet was a fast burn and using my human racial to get out of the MC. If you don't have a pet, you should be fine as well. Kill the mirror images.
= Viscidus was tricky. I looked it up on WoWhead and they recommended (for hunters) the Brunnhildeararaserasdar Bow from those giant icy amazon women in Storm Peaks since it does a tiny amount of frost damage. That's all you need to get the him to start freezing up and then shatter. Basically I just used Barrage once he was frozen and anything with a instant shot capability. He died and I really don't know why he didn't explode, but I'm ok with that. Otherwise, anything that does frost damage will do and those women have the other ice weapons as well. (Note: you need to have done the quest to make them friendly to you, but the weapons can be mailed to others.)
= Twin Emps is very doable as you can outdps their heal; just kill the one that is vulnerable to you. HOWEVER, be sure to clear the guardians in the previous room or you will spend time and energy killing those bozos in the midst of the encounter.

Naxx
= Loatheb, Maexxna, Gluth
= Loatheb and the Plague Wing are kinda hilarious. Burn down Noth and Helgen (yes, doing the safety dance is still good to save on healing). I did Loatheb without spores for the fun of it, but I imagine it would be much much faster if I took the buff.
= Maexxna is tricky without a pet or other person due to the web wrap. You will need someone to break you out of it. Otherwise, killing Anub and that crazy frenzy chick are trivial.
= Gluth worked for me since I could kite the adds onto me, but it turned into a burn down fest shortly afterwards to prevent him from devouring those zombies. I just let the adds beat on me while I DPS'd Gluth, but you have to be mindful of their stacking debuff. Be sure to clear all the aboms and slimes before aggroing Patchwerk since they will add. Globbius's poison and debuffs still require you to move, but the damage is not scary at all.

Hope this helps. I got *very* lucky and got all my BWL pets in my first go as well as Gluth's bone.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on December 01, 2012, 06:10:24 AM
Maexenna was easy for me, she breaks me out of the webs by damaging it. I could not get Glueth down. I tried several things, but I am unable to kill the adds before it eats them and I cannot out damage the heals.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on December 01, 2012, 09:21:15 AM
Gluth was easy for me.  I tried kiting him from the spawn spot, but it might just be my DPS.  I had a bit of trouble on patchwerk and had to do him in bear.

No clue how I'll do the slime in A'Q.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on December 01, 2012, 01:13:12 PM
Gluth was easy for me.  I tried kiting him from the spawn spot, but it might just be my DPS.  I had a bit of trouble on patchwerk and had to do him in bear.

No clue how I'll do the slime in A'Q.

My guess is using the Brunnhildar Harpoon http://www.wowhead.com/item=43600, also obtainable from the giant blue women of the Storm Peaks.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 01, 2012, 01:24:57 PM
The wowhead comments I read suggested using a weapon enchanted with Elemental Force.  Haven't tried it, though.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 02, 2012, 05:36:52 AM
JUst looked up Viscidus

Update 5.1 patch(inc 29th of November hotfix)
-He gets frozen after 20 frost hits, down from 200.
-To shatter him while frozen, you now need to hit him 30 times within 30 seconds, down from 75 hits within 15 seconds.
They are obviously letting people solo him now to farm for the new pet drop.

Looks like the 30 hits could still be tricky for some classes.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on December 07, 2012, 12:27:02 PM
For hunters running BWL for pets: spec into Exhilaration (http://www.wowhead.com/spell=109304) when you are doing Razorgore. When you use it, it will heal Razorgore for 30% as it breaks the mind control on him. Use Readiness as needed.

Although, last night the encounter was noticeably easier. I'm not sure if they fiddled with something in a hotfix, but it was not the hot mess it was last week. I got the eggs down before he even got to 90% health and I only dipped down to 60-70% health.

ALSO: the pet drops are soulbound, but you can cage them up and send them to people or post them on the AH. Not sure why they did it this way, but whatever.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on December 07, 2012, 08:19:46 PM
Battle stones are being obnoxiously rare.  The family only ones are soulbound.  I've seen one stone since 5.1.

The pandaren spirits are a bit tricky. You really need to match the families well to win.   So far I haven't gotten any pet beyond the one form the initial quest.

The darkmoon faire guy isn't so bad (not easy though) and I haven't seen the pet form it either, but you get 5 tickets for defeating him, which, if you haven't bought the faire pets yet, is a nice consolation prise.

I've also realized the pandaren spirits match the temples, which I think is kind of a cool piece of world detail.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on December 08, 2012, 09:49:02 AM
If you go back and fight a trainer you have done already, daily dealy, can you get a bag? Cause I fought one again and got nothing.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on December 08, 2012, 12:54:28 PM
If you go back and fight a trainer you have done already, daily dealy, can you get a bag? Cause I fought one again and got nothing.

You have to fight the grand master for that continent to get a bag. The ones on Winterspring and Deadwind Pass are relatively easy to get to with the Hyjal and Blasted Lands portals, respectively.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on January 11, 2013, 02:14:11 PM
wowhead says the drop rate for the darkmoon eye is 2%, so if you can only do it once a day, during the fair, then the expected number of months before you get an eye is 7.  yeek.   And that's just the expected.    No wonder it's rarer than the rabbit.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on January 18, 2013, 01:20:59 PM
I'm down to needing only one pet for raiding with leashes, so Celsia and I took some alts to do another try at BWL.  Needless to say it was much harder without a well geared 90 druid, but the really funny thing was since fighting Chromagnus took much longer, I got all 4 debuffs and went and killed my elemental and Celsia's alt, then had to sit there for 5 minutes until it wore off, because I was still mind controlled, so I couldn't move or hearth.   Then it wore off while she was running back and then I soloed Chromagnus, because he pulled as soon as the MC wore off.

Next time, if we take those alts, we'll get some sand on the way in.

I still need Chrominius. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on January 20, 2013, 03:56:41 PM

I still need Chrominius. 

Andy gave me a Chrominius!  So now I can level my all cat/no beast team of Cinder Kitten (ele) Mr. Bigglesworth (undead) and Fluxfire Feline (mech)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on January 22, 2013, 03:07:45 PM
I keep going into places I can solo and the darn pets wont drop! I also cannot solo that Viscious-whatever blob in Aq40. I can get him frozen but I cannot kill him. I also cannot solo the first boss in BWL.

So far I have 1 from MC, 1 from Naxx and 1 from BWL.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Seniummortus on January 22, 2013, 07:02:50 PM
There's a few tricks you can use to help get the melee hits in. Tree summons are a for sure thing and you can also use barov peasant caller I think for a huge boost to melee hits. I also dug up this chunk of advice from WoWhead. Also assuming you're playing druid >.> its hard to tell these days with not being on and people switching mains! :P

Quote
Solo'd this today as a druid who's normally balance. Just swapped my OS to feral, kept most of my int gear on but swapped my MH/OH for a agi staff with Elemental Force enchant. The reason you want to be feral is for the melee version of Force of Nature (Which obviously swap to that talent for this), your gear/dps/rotation doesn't mean much. When you're on Viscidus the enchant will count as frost damage and freeze him; when you get the emote "Viscidus is freezing up" or whatever (The one right before he's frozen), stop doing anything but auto attack and let your energy stay topped. After a bit your autoattacks will freeze him; as soon as this happens, blow force of nature, mangle spam, tiger's fury as soon as your energy is too low to mangle anymore, ferocious bite, mangle spam some more and he should die.

I'm a balance druid and don't have a clue how cat works and even I managed to do it, so i'm sure a better player can manage it even more easily.

PS when you use Force of Nature, try to drop it near his backside or you'll lose melee hits to the trees running to get behind.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on January 24, 2013, 03:37:05 AM
So far been doing everything with Oanae, my prot pally. I need to go back with my mage and use mirror images.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on January 24, 2013, 07:00:05 AM
Would that work?  The mirror images won't melee attack, will they?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andraax on January 24, 2013, 10:40:54 AM
Would that work?  The mirror images won't melee attack, will they?


No it won't.  To get Viscidus, I equip a fast one-hand, Barov Peasant Caller and the trinket that summons a mini-drake (Netherwing something?).  Bring him to zero HP, use Frost Orb and Ice Lance to freeze him (Mirror Images will make this slightly faster as Frost spec), activate Heroism, activate the trinkets and stand there auto attacking.  Win.

-Andraax
Title: Re: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Seniummortus on January 24, 2013, 11:00:26 AM
The wowhead comments for this guy have tips and tricks for most classes if others are having issues with him (comments being helpful? What the hell)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on January 24, 2013, 11:39:14 AM
I do not have any barov peasant collars any more. I deleted them for bank space. And it needs to be melee swings? Maybe I should bring my enhancement shaman, do the wolves count?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Seniummortus on January 24, 2013, 12:12:19 PM
The wolves very much count. Enhance is probably one of the easier classes to shatter him on.

The way he works is basicaly frost attacks till he freezes, then x number of melee swings in y seconds (its posted somewhere above I think) to shatter him. If he's at 1 health when he shatters he'll die.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gwyddyon on January 24, 2013, 12:34:12 PM
Since everybody's quest logs got reset in Cata, I'm willing to bet you have some PCs who haven't redone the WPL/Scholo quests. If you redid them... maybe more peasants?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on January 24, 2013, 01:15:46 PM
Since everybody's quest logs got reset in Cata, I'm willing to bet you have some PCs who haven't redone the WPL/Scholo quests. If you redid them... maybe more peasants?

Good point my dear
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andy on January 26, 2013, 08:42:37 AM
The Amazon Women of the Storm Peaks (Brun-something-something) sell weapons that do a tiny amount of frost damage. This is what I used with my hunter to get the job done. These weapons aren't even BOE; they are white items that can be transferred to any character. The frost damage is enough to get him to freeze and eventually shatter.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Crayzfurball on August 10, 2013, 04:19:06 PM
N-N-REVIVAL!!

So I'm looking ahead to 5.4 and the Celestial Tournament, which is the weekly quest thing for pet battles. So far I've seen a number of possible tamers that you go against and what kind of pets/abilities they're using but the one thing that really has me interested is the "No Healing!" debuff that's put on, making a number of utility pets not all that useful.

My question, for fellow pet battle fanatics, is what heavy hitters do you find yourself using? There are some fairly obvious choices from PVP battles (Snowman, Anubisith Idol, Kun-Lai Runt) but I'm looking for some high impact pets that can dish damage quick and in a hurry.

Any help on this would be appreciated.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on August 10, 2013, 05:02:21 PM
I've been enjoying the little big wolf, but I'm not that good at pvp.  The howl debuff is kind of nice for doing chunk damage.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 11, 2013, 07:47:07 AM
N-N-REVIVAL!!

So I'm looking ahead to 5.4 and the Celestial Tournament, which is the weekly quest thing for pet battles. So far I've seen a number of possible tamers that you go against and what kind of pets/abilities they're using but the one thing that really has me interested is the "No Healing!" debuff that's put on, making a number of utility pets not all that useful.

My question, for fellow pet battle fanatics, is what heavy hitters do you find yourself using? There are some fairly obvious choices from PVP battles (Snowman, Anubisith Idol, Kun-Lai Runt) but I'm looking for some high impact pets that can dish damage quick and in a hurry.

Any help on this would be appreciated.

http://www.wowhead.com/news=217148/5-4-ptr-celestial-pet-tournament-and-new-battle-pets (http://www.wowhead.com/news=217148/5-4-ptr-celestial-pet-tournament-and-new-battle-pets) I read that you can not heal your pets between fight not that your pets can not heal.

As for pets I'm looking at pets that have a strong defence and attack vs other pets (so called super pets)

For example  toads (http://www.wowhead.com/petspecies=9?filter=na=toad) they have a stong defense against undead, two of their attacks Swarm of flies (http://www.wowhead.com/petability=232) and Tonge Lash (http://www.wowhead.com/petability=228) are strong against undead. They also have a self heal Healing Wave (http://www.wowhead.com/petability=123) which is a useful thing to have even if you just use it for times when your attacks going to miss due to what your opponent is doing (flying high, burrow etc).

 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 13, 2013, 07:27:01 PM
If you are a serious numbers geek: https://docs.google.com/spreadsheet/ccc?key=0Anwxfm9jABocdDItb1N6QlhvbnMzQ%20VVHQWgtOVBnWFE#gid=15

That's a spreadsheet of approximately every battle pet with more detail than a human can comprehend.

For a more general answer: beasts are usually the best attack power, at least single target. Pets that have beast attacks even if they're not beasts themselves are also powerful.  Another thing to look for is pets that have abilities which increase the opponent's damage taken.  Those are usually poisons, but some beasts (e.g. festering maggot) have that poison plus high damage attacks.

Some mechs also have high-damage attacks, but they are often multi-round things like clockwork robot's rocket or the darkmoon tonk's lock on.

Finally, there are a few pets that have combos which do extra damage if you get the combo off; for example Frigid Frostling's ability Howling Blast does extra damage if you've managed to Chill the target first.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 14, 2013, 08:28:16 AM
Searing Scorchling (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=25706#icon) and Fel flame (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=62621) both have the rather nice combination of Immolate (http://www.wowhead.com/petability=178) and Conflagrate (http://www.wowhead.com/petability=179). Being Elemental makes than rather good at taking out Mechanical pets.



Edit: Dark Phoenix Hatchling,  Phoenix Hatchling, Spirit of Summer Pandararen Fire Spririt, also.

Searing Scorchling (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=25706#icon) and Fel flame (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=62621) could make them burn via Scorched Earth (http://www.wowhead.com/petability=172) which would mean you would have have to reapply the burning when the enemy pet dies.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 14, 2013, 06:25:39 PM
I found this guild (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=4580) to be very good for doing the higher level trainer and level pets. Just need 2 pets to do it. Anubisath Idol, and  Emerald Proto-Whelp.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on September 11, 2013, 03:08:57 PM
The celestial tournament is stupid hard. They gave a legendary pet Wish (http://"http://www.wowhead.com/petability=273")!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 12, 2013, 06:15:40 AM
Yeah it seems like you want to use pets with a healing debuff.  I got within one round of beating this thing but I'm too interested in the non-pet stuff to spend time on it now.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 12, 2013, 11:09:52 AM
Or you go with the idea of all your damage in one round (from http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=4314)


Beasts of Fable
6 rounds
1: Unborn Val'kyr [?] (1,2,2)
2: Pandaren Water Spirit [-] (1,2,2)
3: Chrominius [-] (1,1,2)

This is my generic team, which should work well against the majority of the BoF. The goal of this team is to set up a mix of bombs which will detonate on the same turn, under a Howl (+100% damage). You will deliver 100% of your damage at the same time: this way, the enemies won't be able to react and mitigate the damage with their powerful heals.

This strategy should grant you a kill on turn 6 or 7.

Round 1: Unholy Ascension
Your Unborn Val'kyr resurrects
Round 2: Curse of Doom
Your Unborn Val'kyr dies
Switch to Pandaren water spirit
Round 3: Geyser
Round 4: Whirlpool
Round 5: Switch to Chrominius
Round 6: Howl
At the end of this turn, Curse of Doom, Geyser and Whirlpool detonate at the same time with a +125% boost (25% from Unholy Ascension and 100% from Howl). The enemy takes a truckload of damage and is stunned.
Round 7: Surge of Power if the enemy is still alive

- Notes: For Dos-Ryga, cast some Shadow Slashes, then proceed as explained above (Unholy ascension > Curse of doom > etc...). The goal is to stall for a bit with the Shadow Slashes to have the enemy's Whirlpool detonate on your Val'kyr's last turn instead of your Pandaren water spirit. This team doesn't work against No-No. I advise you to use Yellow Moth [4] (2,1,2) and Bat [4] (1,2,1) instead of Unborn Val'kyr and Pandaren Water Spirit against him.
Last edited by Phraide on June 6th, 2013, 3:05 pm, edited 76 times in total.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 13, 2013, 06:27:18 AM
Or you go with the idea of all your damage in one round

The legendary pets on Timeless Isle have a tooltip that states they cannot be damaged for more than X% (I forget what X is at the moment) of their health in one round. I hate it when Blizzard says, "No, you cannot beat this encounter using your clever thinking.  You must beat it the way we thought people would beat it."

I have not checked the other Pandaria legendary pets to see if they were similarly protected.  This would also seem to take out the "roach nuke" strategy which I think is wholly wrong.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 18, 2014, 09:11:39 AM
Pet battles have eaten my brain as well. It's something to do while waiting for the expansion, as an alternative to the daily grind of farming and doing Timeless Isle quests, in order to improve gear that won't last me past level 95 anyway.

Though I tried to follow the strategy outlined on sites like this one (http://www.wowhead.com/guide=1521/battle-pet-leveling-guide-1-25), I'm having a tedious time trying to level up my first pet to 25. I've picked my "leveling pet" (the Zergling (http://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/magic/zerg-companions/zergling/)), and tried to focus on it. But I found I couldn't: in order to get past the tamers, I had to have two other pets of the appropriate breed and level.

This means that instead of leveling just the Zergling I'm leveling groups of pets: The Zergling plus two other pets needed to get past a particular tamer (e.g., a Mechanical and a Magic for tamer X, a Dragonkin and an Undead for tamer Y). This makes the leveling process slow; I'm lucky if I have the time to get past one tamer a day.

Do you more experienced pet-owners have any tips? Or is this just the grind you have to go through to get your first pet to 25?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 18, 2014, 10:09:34 AM
You could use this guild to get your first 25 http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7592582300
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Kudger on September 18, 2014, 10:58:24 AM
I originally had 3 pets that I leveled up together (it was the mechano-gnome, dragon bone hatchling, and strand crab if memory serves). Pet battles have undergone a metric ton of revisions since I did that but back then I used that same comp to beat every single trainer and all the Pandaria legendary beasts (this was before bosses had the 50% damage reduction and instead had bigger health pools).

I would suggest trying to level up a team together rather than tunneling one pet to 25. You're definitely in the hardest part of pet battling though, trust that it gets exceedingly more fun as you get a bigger and bigger army of pets ready to go. Eventually you can do the Celestial tournament and that is one of my favorite challenges in MoP  :)

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 19, 2014, 03:07:10 AM
I leveled them up in batches, and didn't focus much on the tamers.  I would use the zone to fight pets that I didn't own a blue of and try to capture blues as I went.  If I got bored, or found blues of all the pets in that zone I'd go fight the tamer and move on.  Sometimes (often?) the tamer is significantly harder than the zone pets so I'd move to the next zone, get a level or two on the pets that I wanted to use against that tamer and go back and beat it.

Lather, rinse, repeat.  It's slow, but since pet battles have no real-time component I could do it in between things in other windows.

For leveling pets I used whatever character most needed the coins you sometimes get for winning.  So, yes, it takes a while but I felt like I was achieving three goals (leveling pets, increasing my collection, gathering coins) so the reward/hour balance felt better.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 19, 2014, 04:59:43 AM
I leveled a focused set of pets.  My initial to 25 pet was a crab.  The crab can solo pretty much all the pets in the farm valley, letting you level up any other pet you want to 25.  Once you get a team of pets to 25, you can power level other pets.  The Anubisath Idol and Emerald Proto-whelp can duo almost all of the non-legendary pet tamers, letting you bring a 'carry' pet along to soak up the large amounts of XP you get.  I think I was getting 2-3 pets a day to 24/25 by just doing the circuit of pet tamer in pandaria with Anub+Emerald, as well as a good chunk of coins (less useful now) and some VP.  (Often I'd leave them at 24 because 1 "normal" pet battle would get them to 25.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 19, 2014, 10:11:24 AM
You could use this guide to get your first 25 http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7592582300
I tried the strategy of that guide (not having the patience, nor the DPS, of Snique and Ghoselle). I got to the step about taking down the Aquatics in the Vale of Eternal Blossoms, and then got stuck. The guide says "You can grind from level 23 to level 25 here in 10 minutes, easily." I did not find that to be the case. I captured level 24 rare pets in the Vale (which turned into level 22 on capture), then tried to level those up. A half hour later they were still at 22, only gradually gaining XP for each fight. There must be something I'm missing.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 19, 2014, 10:21:52 AM
You could use this guide to get your first 25 http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7592582300
I tried the strategy of that guide (not having the patience, nor the DPS, of Snique and Ghoselle). I got to the step about taking down the Aquatics in the Vale of Eternal Blossoms, and then got stuck. The guide says "You can grind from level 23 to level 25 here in 10 minutes, easily." I did not find that to be the case. I captured level 24 rare pets in the Vale (which turned into level 22 on capture), then tried to level those up. A half hour later they were still at 22, only gradually gaining XP for each fight. There must be something I'm missing.

You are making sure the levelling pet is doing some part of the fight, just being in the team does not get it any XP.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 19, 2014, 11:20:42 AM
You could use this guide to get your first 25 http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7592582300
I tried the strategy of that guide (not having the patience, nor the DPS, of Snique and Ghoselle). I got to the step about taking down the Aquatics in the Vale of Eternal Blossoms, and then got stuck. The guide says "You can grind from level 23 to level 25 here in 10 minutes, easily." I did not find that to be the case. I captured level 24 rare pets in the Vale (which turned into level 22 on capture), then tried to level those up. A half hour later they were still at 22, only gradually gaining XP for each fight. There must be something I'm missing.

You are making sure the levelling pet is doing some part of the fight, just being in the team does not get it any XP.

If you are going to be fighting a pet that has a heal, you can put your "carry" pet in first.  Have it attack the first round while your opponent probably uses its heal.  Then swap it for your ringer pet.  Its part of what makes the valley so nice for low level carry pets -- you can often put a level 1 pet in, swap it out after its first attack, and have it get enough experience to get 3-4 levels per fight.

One of the weirdnesses of XP is that if your current pet dies, and you pull in a pet, if on that pets first action you swap it out it counts as having taken an action.  This is different than when you normally swap pets - it only happens when you are pulling in a pet after one died.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 19, 2014, 11:50:16 AM
You could use this guide to get your first 25 http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7592582300
I tried the strategy of that guide (not having the patience, nor the DPS, of Snique and Ghoselle). I got to the step about taking down the Aquatics in the Vale of Eternal Blossoms, and then got stuck. The guide says "You can grind from level 23 to level 25 here in 10 minutes, easily." I did not find that to be the case. I captured level 24 rare pets in the Vale (which turned into level 22 on capture), then tried to level those up. A half hour later they were still at 22, only gradually gaining XP for each fight. There must be something I'm missing.

You are making sure the levelling pet is doing some part of the fight, just being in the team does not get it any XP.

If you are going to be fighting a pet that has a heal, you can put your "carry" pet in first.  Have it attack the first round while your opponent probably uses its heal.  Then swap it for your ringer pet.  Its part of what makes the valley so nice for low level carry pets -- you can often put a level 1 pet in, swap it out after its first attack, and have it get enough experience to get 3-4 levels per fight.

One of the weirdnesses of XP is that if your current pet dies, and you pull in a pet, if on that pets first action you swap it out it counts as having taken an action.  This is different than when you normally swap pets - it only happens when you are pulling in a pet after one died.

Perfectly described, many of the 2 pets plus one carry strategy's use the about methods to allow the carry pet to take part in the fight but take no damage.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 20, 2014, 11:16:33 AM
OK, I think I get it now: The key to leveling up a battle pet from 23-25 in the Vale (assuming that I'm not ready to take on the Pandarian tamers, and that I don't have any other 25s) is to let the other two die. Attack with the leveling pet, let the others take down the rest (if needed), then when the last opponent is low on HP, just pass until they kill any non-leveling pets who were active in the battle. Let the leveling pet strike the final blow. If the pet rez is on cooldown, fly to the Shrine to the stable master. Rinse and repeat.

I've leveled my Zergling to 25; now working on an Emerald Proto-Whelp so I'm ready to follow this guide for future rapid leveling: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?p=34208

It appears that you need at least one pet at level 25 from each type in order to be able to take on the tamers in Northrend and above. I got barely got through the Outland tamers, because I didn't have the right types to deal with that final guy.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on September 20, 2014, 11:37:16 AM
Once you have two pets at level 25, you don't have to let them die in order to get full XP for the remaining pet; the leveling pet just has to participate in the fight (according to the rules Ghoselle mentioned earlier).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 20, 2014, 04:54:59 PM
Once you have two pets at level 25, you don't have to let them die in order to get full XP for the remaining pet; the leveling pet just has to participate in the fight (according to the rules Ghoselle mentioned earlier).

XP is divided among the pets that participated in the fight and that survived. 

Strictly speaking, if you can manage to kill off your level 25 pet, and then kill the mob with your leveling pet  that is a way to maximize XP.  In practice, its not worth trying to do that most of the time.

XP for each pet is calculated individually, and is based off the difference in that pet's level and the enemy team's level.  Bonus XP for killing a higher level pet caps out at 2 levels over.  If you are fighting a  pet 5 levels under your pet, you get no XP.   (If you had a level 24 pet & level 14 pet in your team, and fought a level 19 pet, the level 24 pet would get no XP and the level 14 pet would get max XP.)

The pet trainers reward much more XP than pets in the field.


I'm a big fan of crabs (like the Strand Crawler) for leveling pets.  It has an attack that is strong against critters or strong against elementals, a self heal, and a damage shield.  Damage shield+self heal means you can use it to carry 2 weaker pets through a lot of fights.  Though once you get any pet to level 25, you can go to the klaxxi area and capture an "emporer crab" which has the same abilities and can be gotten with low speed & high strength, which ends up being a nice combo for a ringer pet.  But it means if you want a crab at max level, its pretty reasonable to get one at lvl 22-23 and level it from there.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on September 20, 2014, 05:26:36 PM
Strictly speaking, if you can manage to kill off your level 25 pet, and then kill the mob with your leveling pet  that is a way to maximize XP.  In practice, its not worth trying to do that most of the time.
Not for almost two years now.  http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7415511706
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 20, 2014, 05:35:47 PM
Strictly speaking, if you can manage to kill off your level 25 pet, and then kill the mob with your leveling pet  that is a way to maximize XP.  In practice, its not worth trying to do that most of the time.
Not for almost two years now.  http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7415511706

My apologies.  I'd googled to look up how it worked, and the first response was apparently wrong...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 21, 2014, 03:14:30 AM
This is the amount of Xp one pet carry pet with 2 level 25 ones will get

Carry pet LevelNormal 25 fightLevel 25 rare pet trainers with HatPanda Trainers One HatTo level
9104031185198720
10104531355225760
11104531355225900
12104031195198945
13102930865143990
141012303650601150
15990297049501200
16963288048131250
17929278946481430
18897267344551485
19847254142351540
20798239339881595
21743222837131800
22682204634101860
23616184830801920
24545163419801980
 

You can see pet trainers give a lot more Xp per fight but each trainer can only been done once a day. You can take a level 9 pet to 25 in 5 Panadaren trainer fights with the Safari Hat.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 21, 2014, 05:13:04 AM
You can see pet trainers give a lot more Xp per fight but each trainer can only been done once a day. You can take a level 9 pet to 25 in 5 Panadaren trainer fights with the Safari Hat.

The tedious part is getting a team up to the point that you've reached the Pandaren tamers. (Actually, the second tedious part; the first is getting one level 25 pet.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gwyddyon on September 22, 2014, 05:37:04 AM
I went to farm up the BWL pets this weekend but couldn't get Gwyddy past Razorgore. I eventually got my DK past using blood boil to keep the adds on me, but it means all the T2 pieces I found went to waste.

Is there a cheaty hax way to do Razorgore, preferably with a priest?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 22, 2014, 05:39:00 AM
I went to farm up the BWL pets this weekend but couldn't get Gwyddy past Razorgore. I eventually got my DK past using blood boil to keep the adds on me, but it means all the T2 pieces I found went to waste.

Is there a cheaty hax way to do Razorgore, preferably with a priest?

Only one I can think of is ask some else to go with you :O
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gwyddyon on September 22, 2014, 05:42:34 AM
Yeah, but then there's competition for the pets (that don't drop). Figures that I got 3/3 AQ40 first try and 2/3 MC, but I have a devil of a time getting past Chess & Razorgore and get nothing for my troubles.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 22, 2014, 06:02:37 AM
Yeah, but then there's competition for the pets (that don't drop). Figures that I got 3/3 AQ40 first try and 2/3 MC, but I have a devil of a time getting past Chess & Razorgore and get nothing for my troubles.

I'm willing to help and I need none of the pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on September 22, 2014, 07:01:24 AM
It is possible to solo razorgore--I think wowhead comments probably have the best advice on how to do so--but bringing someone else is much easier.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 22, 2014, 09:31:53 AM
I'm willing to enter a "mutual pet drop" arrangement with anyone who happens to be on-line at the same time as Yungi or Winston: I will help you get your Unscathed Egg if you promise to help me get mine.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 23, 2014, 07:28:19 AM
Sure, ping me if you see me.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 24, 2014, 04:48:57 AM
As long as pet battles are devouring my brain:

Are any of the Engineers here able to make the Mechanical Pandaren Dragonling? I could supply the components except for the Spirits of Harmony; I've got plenty of those but they're BoP.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 24, 2014, 05:40:33 AM
As long as pet battles are devouring my brain:

Are any of the Engineers here able to make the Mechanical Pandaren Dragonling? I could supply the components except for the Spirits of Harmony; I've got plenty of those but they're BoP.

Duskyrose can make it, but would need a couple days to get the spirits of harmony since she's down to 1.5 spirits and it takes 2.  So if you aren't in a hurry, she'll make you one.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 24, 2014, 05:51:48 AM
Snique has spirits if Duskyrose doesn't want to bother farming them.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 24, 2014, 09:25:38 AM
Thanks! When I get on tonight, I'll check on the AH prices for 4 Ghost Iron Bars and 6 Trillium Bars. Fortunately Winston is a Transmute-specced Alchemist, which may make it easier to create the Trillium.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 24, 2014, 08:40:10 PM
Eulogia was kind enough to make this pet for me. So I'm good! Now on to the Isle of Giants... *sigh*
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 04, 2014, 04:37:50 PM
I defeated the Celestial Tournament today (and picked up Xu-fu). It took a little less than three weeks to go from my first pet battle to "end-game raid content." For the record, the guides that made this possible were:

Getting the first pet to 25: http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/7592582300
Pet tamer dailies for leveling more pets: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?p=34208
Pet tamer dailies, including Beasts of Fable: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=7556
Celestial Tournament: http://www.wowhead.com/guide=1827/a-pet-battlers-guide-to-defeating-the-celestial-tournament

I had to adapt some of the advice on those pages, especially for those pets that are hard to get. For example, I didn't have the Darkmoon Tonk or the Darkmoon Zepellin, and I knew I could never get enough tickets in the next DF (which starts tomorrow) to get both of those in only one week. Fortunately, it wasn't hard to figure out substitutes or look up alternate strategies on Wowhead. I also got very lucky, and picked up the Anubiseth Idol the first day I tried for it.

Thanks for all the help, folks!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 04, 2014, 04:54:01 PM
Congratulations!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on October 04, 2014, 06:09:31 PM
Turns out that soloing Razorgore is trivial for a warlock. Simply sac a pet and the healing that it generates aggros all the adds off Razorgore and on to you.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 04, 2014, 08:51:34 PM
I wimped out on "Raiding With Leases": I bought the pets on the AH. That's enough to get you Mr. Bigglesworth.

However, I paid a high price for my impatience. I then tried to solo the instances for "Raiding With Leases II." I got through Karazhan OK, but Vashj and Kael'Thas handed my butt to me. In none of the instances did I get any pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on October 05, 2014, 07:41:12 AM
If you just want the achievement pet, you can get that by having someone hand you all the pets and then hand them all back.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 12, 2014, 03:13:39 AM
I've collected the2000 Domination Point Commission for the Rodent Crate, which allows the capture of a Sumprush Rodent via a pet battle. When would be a good time for  people to do this?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on October 12, 2014, 04:44:14 AM
Ah, that is still on my bucket list but I'd stopped working on it.  I'd say pick a time that's convenient for you and post it.  We'll cope.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 12, 2014, 07:40:47 AM
I've collected the2000 Domination Point Commission for the Rodent Crate, which allows the capture of a Sumprush Rodent via a pet battle. When would be a good time for  people to do this?

I'm thinking 6pm server time today, or is that too short a notice?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 12, 2014, 09:31:03 AM
I'll be there with a Level 25 Terrible Turnip and a Beast Stone.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 12, 2014, 11:19:21 AM
Did you do this as Alliance or Horde, that is, will the Sumprush Rodents be at Lions Landing or Domination Point?

If the latter, I might have to slay many Orcs to get my Sumprush Rodent...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on October 12, 2014, 01:25:22 PM
Congrats.  I still haven't made it through the Celestial Tournament, mostly because I can't be arsed to get exactly the pet types the final fights require.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 12, 2014, 01:56:17 PM
Did you do this as Alliance or Horde, that is, will the Sumprush Rodents be at Lions Landing or Domination Point?

If the latter, I might have to slay many Orcs to get my Sumprush Rodent...

I'll be doing it on Andius, so that would be Lions Landing
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 12, 2014, 04:07:13 PM
Andius, Shurten, Cree, and I all got rare Sumprush Rodents. Thanks again, Andius!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on October 20, 2014, 03:05:18 AM
Since I discovered too late that I missed a new holiday pet Blizzard snuck in earlier this year, I figured I'd check if anyone knows of a (new) pet associated with Hallow's End.  Is there a site that lists specifically holiday pets?

ETA: nm, saw Marco's post in the 6.0 Stuff thread
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on October 20, 2014, 03:45:29 AM
There is apparently a new pet that drops rarely from Blingtron.  Someone linked it in SW chat but I lost the link and couldn't look it up.  It appeared to be blue quality.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 20, 2014, 04:24:50 AM
There is apparently a new pet that drops rarely from Blingtron.  Someone linked it in SW chat but I lost the link and couldn't look it up.  It appeared to be blue quality.

I think the one your talking about is Sky-Bo
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 20, 2014, 06:00:17 AM
There is apparently a new pet that drops rarely from Blingtron.  Someone linked it in SW chat but I lost the link and couldn't look it up.  It appeared to be blue quality.

I think the one your talking about is Sky-Bo
I couldn't find "Sky-Bo" on wowhead, and it's not on their list of what a level 100 Blingtron Gift Package drops, at least not yet: http://www.wowhead.com/item=113258#contains That's only from 100 drops, so it may be that Sky-Bo is one of those 0.1% drops.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on October 20, 2014, 08:43:58 AM
You are correct that it was named Sky-Bo.  Having the name I was able to search for it, but there's not much online yet.  See here: http://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/mechanical/robots/sky-bo/
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 20, 2014, 10:11:30 AM
There is apparently a new pet that drops rarely from Blingtron.  Someone linked it in SW chat but I lost the link and couldn't look it up.  It appeared to be blue quality.

I think the one your talking about is Sky-Bo
I couldn't find "Sky-Bo" on wowhead, and it's not on their list of what a level 100 Blingtron Gift Package drops, at least not yet: http://www.wowhead.com/item=113258#contains That's only from 100 drops, so it may be that Sky-Bo is one of those 0.1% drops.

Very little is listed from the 5000, I saw it list from the 4000.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 20, 2014, 10:57:24 AM
Aha! Here it is: http://www.wowhead.com/npc=85284

Because of the way wowhead accumulates statistics, it hasn't dropped often enough since the release of 6.x to show up as anything more than 0 drops from the Blingtron 4000 gift package: http://www.wowhead.com/item=86623#contains:50-18+1

It's for lovers of the Sky Golem and pet completists only, I think. Unfortunately, I happen to be among the latter.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 02, 2014, 09:48:16 AM
New trainer with Darkmoon faire Faire Christoph VonFeasel <Grand Master Pet Tamer> (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=85519#comments)

Quite easy to kill, I went with 3 man Strat – Mechanical Pandaren Dragonling – 122, Tranquil Mechanical Yeti – 111, and Darkmoon Tonk - 111 team set out in the comments. Reward is Greater Darkmoon Pet Supplies, from which you can a new pet Syd the Squid (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=85527)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 02, 2014, 02:10:25 PM
Remember to pick up your Macabre Marionette before the end of Day of the Dead if you did not do it last year.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 03, 2014, 09:08:24 AM
Remember to pick up your Macabre Marionette before the end of Day of the Dead if you did not do it last year.

Ooh good idea, thanks.  I hope I remember when the day rolls around.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on November 03, 2014, 09:23:44 AM
Day of the Dead began on Nov 1 and ends today (not sure what time of day).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 03, 2014, 12:59:17 PM
Augh.  Somehow I thought it was Nov 5.  Oh well, I'll take a poke at it.  Thanks for the warning, Marco.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 08, 2014, 12:56:57 PM
Confession time: I lied to Nicci last night.

I said that there were about 40 people on ER who had collected 600 pets, according to http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring). If you'll click on the link, you'll see that only one ER player, Gemlore, has managed it pre-WoD. And according to http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/top/account/?ob=pets (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/top/account/?ob=pets), roughly 470 people who've registered with warcraftpets.com have reached 600 pets pre-WoD.

I don't know where that figure of "40" came from. It might have been my estimate of how I could ever get in the ER pet-collection rankings. As of this moment, I have 515 unique pets, and I'm #113 in the ER rankings. I don't have the Zookeeper title yet; unfortunately I didn't realize that I needed a Qiraji Hatchling until Sep 22, so I'll have to wait until June 2015 before I'll get it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on November 08, 2014, 01:52:53 PM
So warcraftpets only knows about 650 users on Earthen Ring.  So I'm not sure how relevant their ranking system is.  For example, I have 569 pets and until today wasn't on their rankings... 

Confession time: I lied to Nicci last night.

I said that there were about 40 people on ER who had collected 600 pets, according to http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring). If you'll click on the link, you'll see that only one ER player, Gemlore, has managed it pre-WoD. And according to http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/top/account/?ob=pets (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/top/account/?ob=pets), roughly 470 people who've registered with warcraftpets.com have reached 600 pets pre-WoD.

I don't know where that figure of "40" came from. It might have been my estimate of how I could ever get in the ER pet-collection rankings. As of this moment, I have 515 unique pets, and I'm #113 in the ER rankings. I don't have the Zookeeper title yet; unfortunately I didn't realize that I needed a Qiraji Hatchling until Sep 22, so I'll have to wait until June 2015 before I'll get it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 08, 2014, 06:39:41 PM
Had you registered with them before? They can only list people who've signed up and imported their pet lists from the Armory.

(Also, I wondered why I was pushed down in rank. I'm going to have to stockpile more gold to buy the rare drops on the AH!)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on November 08, 2014, 06:56:08 PM
Had you registered with them before? They can only list people who've signed up and imported their pet lists from the Armory.

(Also, I wondered why I was pushed down in rank. I'm going to have to stockpile more gold to buy the rare drops on the AH!)

I don't think so. 

At this point I think I've bought/farmed all the pets under 15k, though I think I was stubborn and managed to find most of them for under 6k.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 08, 2014, 06:59:57 PM
I have 555 unique pets and I'm not registered on that site. 500+ of them are level 25 blue quality.

Registered I rank 16th.15th after I added the Sky Lantern

Site Ranking 1798
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 08, 2014, 08:21:13 PM
Yes, I see Nicci (apparently using her Horde character), Ghoselle, and Delandius there now. Even though Ghoselle has more pets, both Nicci and Andius are ranked higher because they've got more rare pets and more at level 25. This raises issues with how a pet collection might be ranked numerically, and whether warcraftpets' algorithm is a fair one.

As I said, I've got a long way to go to match those collections! But I think I've done fairly well for someone who only started seriously collecting and leveling pets in September.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 09, 2014, 05:08:40 AM
Examining my Collection leads me to the conclusion that I could not get over 600 pets before the expansion. There are only 32 more pets I can get. I have excluded Blizcon, Pets from old expansions collector editions, pets from other parts of the world and RAF. That is 31 33 pets I'm very unlikely ever to get.


Edit missed a couple.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 09, 2014, 07:35:27 PM
A pet-related engineering question: Is Jard's Peculiar Energy Source (http://www.wowhead.com/item=94113) still BoP and/or time-limited in 6.0? I'd like to get both Pierre and Rascal-Bot, but I can't expect an Engineer to spend 30 days to manufacture the energy source just for me.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 10, 2014, 02:59:40 AM
A pet-related engineering question: Is Jard's Peculiar Energy Source (http://www.wowhead.com/item=94113) still BoP and/or time-limited in 6.0? I'd like to get both Pierre and Rascal-Bot, but I can't expect an Engineer to spend 30 days to manufacture the energy source just for me.

Sure just send Vandius the 30 Living Steel (Or stuff to make 30 which is 180 Trillium Bar or 90 Trillium Bar and 90 Spirit of Harmony) and 300 Ghost Iron bars (for the Jard's Peculiar Energy Source).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 10, 2014, 05:55:27 AM
Thanks! I've bought the Ghost Iron Bars, and have bids in for the Living Steel. I'll send them to Vandius and drop you a note when I've done so.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 10, 2014, 08:58:45 PM
Mats sent to Vandius.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 11, 2014, 09:45:03 AM
Mats sent to Vandius.

Pets sent back to Pellinore, was easier just send them in a reply :D
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 11, 2014, 05:56:55 PM
... and gratefully received. Bad Robot is OK, but Pierre is lots of fun! Thanks again!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 16, 2015, 04:00:24 PM
A question: How challenging is the Brawler's Guild for a reasonably-geared character? Is it possible for a Mistweaver or a Windwalker Monk to get through it, or should I start gearing up my warlock?

I only need to get to Rank 4. And the reason for that is why this post is on-topic for this thread: I'm only interested in the Brawler's Guild to get Clock'Em, the pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gori on February 17, 2015, 07:36:00 AM
A question: How challenging is the Brawler's Guild for a reasonably-geared character? Is it possible for a Mistweaver or a Windwalker Monk to get through it, or should I start gearing up my warlock?

I only need to get to Rank 4. And the reason for that is why this post is on-topic for this thread: I'm only interested in the Brawler's Guild to get Clock'Em, the pet.

Depends on spec and class, some fights on Gori that Irimas had trouble with were a joke and vice versa. (Prot warrior/Marks Hunter) Haven't messed with it much this season but Irimas in Flex mode for the most part gear last time got up to Rank 8 with little issue while Gori got to rank 4 with some practice.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on February 17, 2015, 07:57:10 AM
I don't think a healing character could do these fights.  A tank or dps spec is probably required.  Many of them are in fact remembering specific mechanics, but you do generally have to output a certain amount of damage onto the enemy within a certain time.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 22, 2015, 05:08:11 PM
After learning how to use my Windwalker Monk (with the helpful advice of Ghoselle and Edalia in another thread), I took on the Brawler's Guild with the sole goal of getting the pet. There were a couple of frustrating fights, but I reached Rank 3 in about an hour. Although Wowhead says that you need to be Rank 4 to buy Clock' Em, I was able to purchase him at Rank 3. Now I not only have a new pet, but I've a DPS spec on the side in case I ever need it again.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 25, 2015, 08:15:15 PM
Well, the easy-pet-leveling ride is over. In the previous patch, there were some garrison pet battles that allowed you to level your pets rapidly; one of them let you take a pet from level 3 to 25 in less than ten minutes with the appropriate snack buffs. That's gone in 6.1. Now the only way to level pets rapidly is through tamer battles. Depending on how many teleport items you have (and I don't have many), this typically means a mix of MoP tamers with a few of the easily-reachable WoD tamers.

I guess it will take me that much longer to get to Andius' exalted heights.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on February 26, 2015, 10:08:04 AM
I'm just frustrated the mod that let me manage pet teams is broken.  That was the only way I could keep track of all the different teams I needed, never mind the celestial tournament.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on February 26, 2015, 10:57:41 AM
I'm just frustrated the mod that let me manage pet teams is broken.  That was the only way I could keep track of all the different teams I needed, never mind the celestial tournament.

If you are talking about PetBattleTeam look at the addon page.  There is info in the comments about how to fix it by editing a LUA file - its super easy.  Note you might need to tell it to rebuild your teams; some people do some don't.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on February 28, 2015, 04:00:29 AM
OK I've gotten PetBattle Teams working again, thanks for the pointer.  Now I can't figure out where the 'breed' info has gone. It used to be that when I looked at a pet in the UI it would say "Rare Ninja" or whatever.  Now it just says "Rare".  Anyone else seeing this?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 28, 2015, 05:23:31 AM
I'd forgotten which pet battle mods I used. I've got PetBattleMaster, Battle Pet BreedID, PetTracker, and Battle Pet Binds (the last one so I do pet battles with the keyboard only). Maybe one or more of those will do what you want.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 28, 2015, 06:31:22 AM
I'd forgotten which pet battle mods I used. I've got PetBattleMaster, Battle Pet BreedID, PetTracker, and Battle Pet Binds (the last one so I do pet battles with the keyboard only). Maybe one or more of those will do what you want.

Iassume from the name Battle Pet BreedID would be the one doing it?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on March 01, 2015, 03:12:55 AM
OK I've gotten PetBattle Teams working again, thanks for the pointer.  Now I can't figure out where the 'breed' info has gone. It used to be that when I looked at a pet in the UI it would say "Rare Ninja" or whatever.  Now it just says "Rare".  Anyone else seeing this?

Bug in existing mod wasn't showing it.  Update this AM for PetTracker fixed it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on April 03, 2015, 04:43:10 AM
Erris (the once-per-account daily pet battle) appears to have been hit hard with the nerf bat.  Her battle XP appears to have been dropped roughly in line with how much the daily Lio quest was nerfed.  According to discussion on warcraftpets.com this happened with the hotfix but it's not in any patch notes.  So, maybe a bug.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on April 03, 2015, 07:54:30 AM
Yeah, I only got 40xp from today's Erris battle, down from some large amount yesterday (enough to go from level 23 empty to level 24 and three quarters).  Hotfix notes are generally retroactive, except when they require realm restarts or are considered important enough to require advance notice.  So the lack of a hotfix note isn't all that interesting until tonight.

However, someone in my premade garrison group theorized that it wasn't a nerf, just an inconsistency.  There are several versions of Erris, and today's flying/flying/undead version might just give less XP than the other versions.  We shall see.  Either way, no big deal; the daily still gives out three +1 level battle stones.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on April 03, 2015, 09:56:00 AM
And the answer is... stealth hotfix due to an exploit, to be reverted in the next client patch once they've fixed the problem which allowed the exploit.

http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/16858986316?page=2#24
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 16, 2015, 03:32:52 AM
New pets and toy to spend your Pet Charms on.

Sold by the new expert pet trappers in your garrison pet menagerie - Tiffy Trapspring (A) and Giada Goldleash (H). All four of the pets available from these vendors are:

 Bloodthorn Hatchling (summons battle pet Bloodthorn Hatchling) - Cost: 50  Pet Charm
 Dusty Sporewing (summons battle pet Dusty Sporewing) - Cost: 50  Pet Charm
 Glowing Sporebat (summons battle pet Glowing Sporebat) - Cost: 100  Pet Charm
 Lost Netherpup (summons battle pet Lost Netherpup) - Cost: 200  Pet Charm

The vendors also sell the following toys:
 Indestructible Bone - Cost: 50  Pet Charm
 Spirit Wand - Cost: 100  Pet Charm
 Magic Pet Mirror - Cost: 500  Pet Charm
 Fel Pup is a reward from a Tanaan questline.

Three pets from the Darkmoon Faire:
 Translucent Shell and  Blorp's Bubble from vendors.
 New Achievement: Whack-a-gnoll has a new achievement that awards a battle pet, Hogs.

New Wild Pets are coming to Tanaan Jungle, as well as Fel-corrupted legendary pets that reward Fel-Touched Pet Supplies. The wild pets are Violet Firefly, Fen Crab, Cerulean Moth, Bloodbeak

Unknow where they come from  Fire Pup,Nightmare Bell, Purple Calf.

Community Manager Nethaera now has a candle pet that resembles her forum avatar. Find the candle in Dalaran and repeatedly /cheer at it to befriend it!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 16, 2015, 04:01:23 AM
I assume all these changes are for 6.2?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 22, 2015, 03:48:23 AM
I assume all these changes are for 6.2?

Yes they are also a couple more in the new notes

New pets: Crusher, Left Shark.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: jsoh on April 22, 2015, 06:44:35 AM
The only thing better than Left Shark is if they have a Right Twix pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 14, 2015, 09:17:27 AM
Wowhead as a round of the pets and some pet toys

http://www.wowhead.com/news=247423/6-2-ptr-battle-pet-preview#p3839661
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 14, 2015, 10:43:27 AM
Thanks for the link. I hope the Tanaan Legendary pet battles will be more accessible than the existing WoD pet tamers. Right now I still level my pets (on the rare occasions that I'm in the mood) with the MoP tamers, since the WoD tamers are hard to reach in a reasonable period of time.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 14, 2015, 11:53:33 AM
Thanks for the link. I hope the Tanaan Legendary pet battles will be more accessible than the existing WoD pet tamers. Right now I still level my pets (on the rare occasions that I'm in the mood) with the MoP tamers, since the WoD tamers are hard to reach in a reasonable period of time.

Aye they are not quick to get to. Of the WoD trainers,  I only do the ones in the two starter Zones, one with a levelling Alliance Alt and the Horde with my old horde 100 (once I have an other 90+ hordie he would take over doing that)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on May 14, 2015, 03:07:35 PM
since the WoD tamers are hard to reach in a reasonable period of time.

You mean you don't just fly... oh, wait, right.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 17, 2015, 06:24:20 AM
Information on Graves is out.

Rewarded for getting "My Special Pet", from the Heros of the Storm promotion.

This is obtained by reaching player level 20 in Heroes of the Storm. - likely not to be given out until after the June 2 release of HotS if you are already at or past level 20.

Anyone who plays HotS have a idea how long that takes without spend much on doing it?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Ungrimmar on May 17, 2015, 08:22:45 AM
You can easily get to level 20 without putting a dime into the game.  It will however take a real time investment to reach level 20... just guessing here but probably 20-30 hours at a minimum.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 17, 2015, 08:33:26 AM
20-30 hours? Any pet collector has put more time than that to get a single pet. Ask me sometime about I fished until I got the Sea Calf. Or better yet, don't ask.

Andius, maybe we could do the same thing we did back when Blizzard held that tournament that gave a pet reward: Form a team of pet collectors to just play until we meet the pet requirements.

In HotS, do you still get XP or levels or whatever they call it if you lose a match?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Ungrimmar on May 17, 2015, 09:29:01 AM
Yea you still gain, and I'm pretty sure you get bonus exp for being in a group with friends so that would speed it up a lot.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 17, 2015, 10:03:23 AM
I assume the daily quests are a good way to get Exp, also reading a little about it you can play co-op against the AI to complete the dailies so it would both quicker and more fun with friends?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 17, 2015, 11:10:22 AM
I just gave HotS a try. I don't like it. (If I feel like going into the reasons why, I'll put them in the HotS topic.) So the only reason I'm playing is for the pet.

That said, co-op against the AI seems the most painless way of gaining XP. In my training matches (with AI on both sides, except for me) it took about 20 minutes to complete a match. It looks like it takes 2-3 matches to gain a level (or at least to go from level 1 to level 2). From my limited experience, Ung's estimate looks accurate.

I suggest that anyone who's interested in joining team AndiGraves go through the tutorial now. It's condescending, boring, and time-consuming. The sooner you get it over with, the better.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 17, 2015, 11:58:49 AM
I just tried to running it, (after windows firewall complained about wanting access) it just got stuck on the loading screen. So while I can install it I assume I would have to wait until the 19th to play?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 17, 2015, 12:42:03 PM
I had no such problem. Since I can't believe that the Mac version is playable but the Windows version is not, I think there's something wrong with your setup.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 17, 2015, 06:16:14 PM
Got it to work, played it some.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on May 18, 2015, 07:50:59 AM
You can easily get to level 20 without putting a dime into the game.  It will however take a real time investment to reach level 20... just guessing here but probably 20-30 hours at a minimum.

OK this appeals to my cheapskate nature.  How do I get to 20 without spending real money?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 18, 2015, 08:46:04 AM
Just download the game and start playing. I reached level 2 by going through the tutorial and playing one training mission.

You can spend money to get:
- Cooler characters than the freebies
- Cooler mounts
- Cooler skins

If you don't mind playing one of the free characters (described at http://heroesofthestorm.gamepedia.com/Free_rotation) then there's no reason to spend any money.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 18, 2015, 10:07:40 AM
I'm thinking of getting the starter bundle, it comes with 3 characters (Raynor, Malfurion and Muradin, a mount (Armored Warhorse) and a Stimpack (100% extra exp and 150extra gold earned per match for 7 real time days). The price I see is £3.99 (currently 75% off), the Stimpack on it own is £2.99. So the starter bundle seems to me to be quite good value.

The extra exp making the leveling easier and with buying the Hero not having to level it up to unlock its skills (or to learn how to play it)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 18, 2015, 11:18:27 AM
This looks like a good deal to me too. We may want to coordinate a bit: All the people on the pet-collector team will want to activate their stimpacks at the same time. We may also want to think about characters as well, otherwise we may all want to play Jim Raynor.

... and stimpacks activate at the moment of purchase, so we may want to buy bundles at the same time.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 18, 2015, 11:48:53 AM
Stimpack start going once you buy them, if you have one going already it just adds to the time.
Does it matter if we all play Jim Raynor, not like the game needs you to play a tank, healer and some dps. That setup may not be good if we where going to play PvP but in PvE I do not think it would be a problem?. Life low run away the AI heroes do not chase that far , which a real player would so a healer is not something we would need. Apart from turrets (which you attack when some cannon folder is around minions) the damage is not that bad.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 19, 2015, 09:15:50 AM
In a "what the heck" move, I purchased the starter bundle that Andius mentioned. It cost me $4.99.

After doing that, and solely playing Malfurion, I've gotten to player level 7 in just two days. Probably the leveling rate will decline as you go up in level (as in most RPGs and MMOs), but the progress looks promising. If I have the time, I'll see how long it take me to get to level 20. In part, I'm curious because I saw a couple of posts on the wikis that said folks have received already gotten Graves by getting their characters to 20 in the alpha.

Maybe this is idle boasting. Maybe Blizzard made an error and fixed it. Maybe the "phony" Graves will go away on June 2 and we'd have to earn it again.

If anyone happens to be on HotS and wants to test this theory with me, I'm Winston#1324.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 21, 2015, 06:04:36 AM
Two more days, and I've gone from level 7 to 11. The game has stopped giving me AIs for teammates and is now matching me up with other players. We're still facing AI opponents, but they've gotten nastier.

The rate of level progression has indeed gone down. I think Ung's estimate of 20-30 hours total play to get to level 20 is accurate.

Instead of rotating between different characters, I've decided to stick with Malfurion (ranged support) and learn how to play him. The player level and the hero level are two different things; each hero has its own individual level, which seems to go up more slowly than the player level. The benefits of the hero level seem modest: the ability to alter your appearance and the like.

If anyone sees me playing HotS, please feel free to invite me to join you. The road to 20 is going to get rougher!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 26, 2015, 07:58:08 PM
I've reached player level 20 in Heroes of the Storm. I started on May 17, and it's May 26, so it took me nine calendar days. There's no "total time played" counter in HotS, but estimating my play time at 1.5 hours/day on average, it took me about 13-14 hours total. I did it almost entirely by playing with "live" players again the A.I.

In case you're thinking you can reach player level 20 in a couple of marathon sessions: It may be possible, but not by playing against A.I. There's a daily XP from AI-only playing of 2,250,000 XP. If you want to go over that cap, you'll have do full-blown PvP. I didn't try this, but my gut feeling is that PvP matches will take a long time. A typical AI battle took about 15-20 minutes. I could be wrong: maybe PvP battles are so bloody and always go to the team using Vent/Mumble, in which case those matches may be faster.

I chose to spend $5 on the starter pack. In the end, I think this might have shaved off a day of leveling; the reason is that you receive a free stimpack (+100% XP per match) at player level 10. The stimpack XP bonus is not additive; instead, if you gain more than one stimpack, the duration of the bonus is increased. There was not much reason to go for the starter pack of heroes, since I shortly began to rotate between different available heroes until I found one I liked (Raynor). Bottom line: Ungrimmar was quite correct about not needing to spend money to level to 20.

I have not received Graves (yet). Maybe it takes time for the pet to be awarded. Or maybe it won't show up until the June 2 release of HotS. Or maybe everyone's Beta levels will be reset and I'll have to do the whole thing over again.

Pro tip: If you can, form a party with Razov. He's player level 37, so he knows all the tricks.

I may have more to say in the HotS topic about gameplay, but not tonight!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 05, 2015, 12:02:12 PM
It's been over a week since HotS launched. I checked; I'm still player level 20 even after the Beta->release transition. Still no sign of the new pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 05, 2015, 12:26:29 PM
It's been over a week since HotS launched. I checked; I'm still player level 20 even after the Beta->release transition. Still no sign of the new pet.

Reading it up I found this

Quote
For those having trouble getting the GRAVES pet when you have the appropriate player level in HOTS: Log into wow, then out. Then launch HOTS you should see a reward notification on the right a ways. Once you have that, you can go scoot over back to wow and pick up your pint sized terror.

Worth a try?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 05, 2015, 04:07:36 PM
It worked! Thanks, Andius. I have named him Peter.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 12, 2015, 06:44:02 AM
Datamined from Patch 6.2 PTR

► Blazing Firehawk - Vendor
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Requires Exalted reputation with Order of the Awakened faction
- Sold by Dawn-Seeker Krisek for 2000 Apexis Crystals
- Bind on Pick Up
► Bloodbeak - Wild
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
► Bloodthorn Hatchling - Vendor
- Zone: Menagerie, Garrison
- Purchased from Tiffy Trapspring (A) and Giada Goldleash (H)
- Costs 50 Pet Charms
- Bind on Equip
► Blorp - Vendor
- Zone: Darkmoon Island (Darkmoon Faire)
- Purchased from Galissa Sundew
- Costs 50 Darkmoon Daggermaw (fished up around the island)
- Cannot battle
- Not cageable
- Bind on Equip
► Cerulean Moth - Wild
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
► Cinder Pup - Garrison mission reward
- Reward from mission, Fiery Friends
- Bind on Use
► Corrupted Nest Guardian - Raid drop
- Zone: Hellfire Citadel
- Drops off of Shadow-Lord Iskar
- Bind on Use
► Crimsonwing Moth - Wild
- Zone: Talador
- Only one spawn is up at any given time in the zone
► Crusher - Vendor
- Zone: Town Hall, Garrison
- Purchased from Trader Araanda (A)/Trader Darakk (H)
- Costs 1000 gold
- Bind on Use
► Dusty Sporewing - Vendor
- Zone: Menagerie, Garrison
- Purchased from Tiffy Trapspring (A) and Giada Goldleash (H)
- Costs 50 Pet Charms
- Bind on Equip
► Fel Pup - Quest reward
- Zone: Temple of Sha'naar, Tanaan Jungle
- Reward from quest "A Fel Puppy Of My Own"
- Killing the rare elite Ceraxas triggers the quest
- Can be completed only once per character
- Not cageable
► Fen Crab - Wild
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
► Ghostshell Crab - Vendor
- Zone: Darkmoon Island (Darkmoon Faire)
- Purchased from Galissa Sundew
- Costs 100 Darkmoon Daggermaw (fished up around the island)
- Cannot battle
- Bind on Equip
► Glowing Sporebat - Vendor
- Zone: Menagerie, Garrison
- Purchased from Tiffy Trapspring (A) and Giada Goldleash (H)
- Costs 100 Pet Charms
- Bind on Equip
► Hogs - Achievement reward
- Reward for completing the achievement "That's Whack!"
- Can only be completed during the Darkmoon Faire
- Not cageable
- Bind on Pick Up
► Lost Netherpup - Vendor
- Zone: Menagerie, Garrison
- Purchased from Tiffy Trapspring (A) and Giada Goldleash (H)
- Costs 200 Pet Charms
- Bind on Equip
► Left Shark - Naval mission reward
- Reward from mission, Orphaned Aquatic Animal Rescue
- Bind on Use
► Nethaera's Light - Drop
- Zone: Dalaran
- Find and emote /cheer to a certain floating candle in Dalaran to receive a new friend!
- Cannot battle
- Not cageable
► Nightmare Bell - Drop
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Comes from Legendary pet daily reward bag, Fel-Touched Pet Supplies
- Bind on Use
► Periwinkle Calf - Drop
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Comes from Legendary pet daily reward bag, Fel-Touched Pet Supplies
- Bind on Use
► Sapphire Firefly - Wild
- Zone: Spires of Arak
- Only one spawn is up at any given time in the zone
► Savage Cub - Vendor
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Requires Revered reputation with The Saberstalkers faction
- Sold by Z'tenga the Walker for 200 Blackfang Claws
- Bind on Pick Up
► Seaborne Spore - Drop
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Comes from Legendary pet daily reward bag, Fel-Touched Pet Supplies
► Shard of Cyrukh - Drop
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Treasure: Forgotten Shard of the Cipher
- Requires a Garrison Campaign quest from Tanaan Jungle (The Cipher of Damnation)
- Bind on Pick Up
► Violet Firefly - Wild
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
► Zangar Spore - Drop
- Zone: Tanaan Jungle
- Comes from Legendary pet daily reward bag, Fel-Touched Pet Supplies
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 12, 2015, 01:08:45 PM
Looks like I'm going to spending a lot of time fishing on Darkmoon Island. *Sigh*

Thanks, Andius!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 12, 2015, 02:52:56 PM
Looks like I'm going to spending a lot of time fishing on Darkmoon Island. *Sigh*

Thanks, Andius!

One of the reasons I've not visted there is month :P
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on June 24, 2015, 07:57:11 AM
One of the things you can do in Tanaan is fight legendary untameable battle pets. You get a bag from each win (not sure if it's daily - they're not marked with blue !) and there's an achievement for getting all of them.

I found and fought half a dozen of them purely as a side effect of running around - Wowhead has coordinates if you're actually serious about it.  I got two new pets out of the six bags I earned.  You can also get a new pet stone that gives any pet +5 levels.

Unlike the earlier legendaries these come with two adds, which so far have been white/green/grey for me.  That makes the fight a little harder but there's a simple strategy for all of them:  Howlbomb + a pet with strong self-healing.

So far all of the legendary pets have had good AOE damage abilities.  So you need a third pet (after water spirit + chrominius) that can heal itself up from about half life and survive two opponents.  Emerald whelpling is one favorite and there are a couple others, but you get the gist.

Once I realized this pattern I was able to deploy one team against four legendaries and win all four in one shot each.  This trick might not work against others or Blizz might discover it's too easy and somehow nerf/buff things, but it worked for me last night.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on June 24, 2015, 10:35:48 AM
It's also interesting to note that in many (all?) of the fights the legendary pet is buffing the non-legendary pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 24, 2015, 12:25:57 PM
It's also interesting to note that in many (all?) of the fights the legendary pet is buffing the non-legendary pets.

All I have done do buff and quite a nasty buff too.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on June 26, 2015, 03:20:10 PM
[...] there's a simple strategy for all of them:  Howlbomb + a pet with strong self-healing.

Turns out this doesn't work against Dark Gazer because he has an interrupt ability that messes up howlbomb timing.  Wowhead has a team that I was able to use to defeat him.

So far I've been able to get one bag per day from the legendary pets, and the adds they have seem stable across days.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 26, 2015, 10:58:42 PM
I should consult the Wowhead advice sometime, but I've been able to defeat Dark Gazer with the howlbomb team. It doesn't work if the gazer crits, and a bit of luck is involved, but it's possible.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on June 27, 2015, 04:20:57 AM
I should consult the Wowhead advice sometime, but I've been able to defeat Dark Gazer with the howlbomb team. It doesn't work if the gazer crits, and a bit of luck is involved, but it's possible.

I have a guildmate who did it this way as well and apparently the RNG element is that Gazer doesn't always use his interrupt ability.  If he does, you forfeit and try again.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 27, 2015, 04:46:17 AM
I should consult the Wowhead advice sometime, but I've been able to defeat Dark Gazer with the howlbomb team. It doesn't work if the gazer crits, and a bit of luck is involved, but it's possible.

I have a guildmate who did it this way as well and apparently the RNG element is that Gazer doesn't always use his interrupt ability.  If he does, you forfeit and try again.
Wolpertinger with Sleeping Gas, quite a "easy" win you can still lose if you get crit'ed and sleep failed to proc. Best I've done is kill the "boss" and the first add with just the Wolpertinger. After the boss is down the 2 adds are easy.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on June 27, 2015, 11:25:27 AM
I should consult the Wowhead advice sometime, but I've been able to defeat Dark Gazer with the howlbomb team. It doesn't work if the gazer crits, and a bit of luck is involved, but it's possible.

I have a guildmate who did it this way as well and apparently the RNG element is that Gazer doesn't always use his interrupt ability.  If he does, you forfeit and try again.

So, the anklebiter can solo dark gazer.  And then its a matter of if the rest of your team can deal with the 2 buffed pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on June 29, 2015, 05:32:42 AM
So, the anklebiter can solo dark gazer.  And then its a matter of if the rest of your team can deal with the 2 buffed pets.

That's one of the reasons I like the emerald whelpling as a third.  If my first two are dead I bring out whelpling, armor up, and trigger the three-round heal.  Usually when that ends I'm near full health and the buff is gone.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 06, 2015, 10:24:01 AM
New pets (toys and cooking too) at the fair!


Three new pets:  Blorp's Bubble 50 Darkmoon Daggermaw,  Translucent Shell 100 Darkmoon Daggermaw

Hogs' Studded Collar (achievement That's Whack!Score 45 points in one session of Whack-a-Gnoll.)

Three new cooking recipes:  Fancy Darkmoon Feast  50 Darkmoon Daggermaw,  Lemon Herb Filet 10 Darkmoon Daggermaw,  Sugar-Crusted Fish Feast 25 Darkmoon Daggermaw.

One new toy:  Seafarer's Slidewhistle 25 Darkmoon Daggermaw

Faded Treasure Map for 100  Darkmoon Daggermaw starts the  Silas' Secret Stash quest.

Edit added prices
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 06, 2015, 11:50:41 AM
I got both Darkmoon Daggermaw pets already. It takes only about 30 minutes of fishing. Winston has fishing 700, but I don't think that's needed nor are special buffs required. You get a Darkmoon Daggermaw with most throws; occasionally you get a Bloated Thresher that contains 5-10 Daggermaws to speed up the process. Once in a while you get one of those salvage crates to slow you down.

I tried for the Whack-a-Gnoll achievement several times and (as with my attempts at the Darkmoon racing achievement) failed miserably. I don't have the speed for it. I think I'll have to accept that those two pets are out of my reach.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 06, 2015, 02:01:19 PM
I got both Darkmoon Daggermaw pets already. It takes only about 30 minutes of fishing. Winston has fishing 700, but I don't think that's needed nor are special buffs required. You get a Darkmoon Daggermaw with most throws; occasionally you get a Bloated Thresher that contains 5-10 Daggermaws to speed up the process. Once in a while you get one of those salvage crates to slow you down.

I tried for the Whack-a-Gnoll achievement several times and (as with my attempts at the Darkmoon racing achievement) failed miserably. I don't have the speed for it. I think I'll have to accept that those two pets are out of my reach.

For the Whack-a-Gnoll achievement I can give you hunter aspect of pack speed should help you get around a bit quicker.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 06, 2015, 04:48:49 PM
I appreciate the offer. If we're both on-line during a Faire week, I may take advantage of it. But I have the feeling that the reason has more to do with my slow reaction time.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 07, 2015, 12:09:33 PM
I appreciate the offer. If we're both on-line during a Faire week, I may take advantage of it. But I have the feeling that the reason has more to do with my slow reaction time.

A few things to think about while doing this.

1) You can move through the barrel in the middle but not the ones on the outside, so you want to be in the space inside the square.

2) DBM has a Darkmoon faire module as part of its base install and it yells when a hogger spawns.

3) If more than one spawn at the same time pick one hit it, do not try and get the other unless right next to the one you just hit (even then I'm not sure you can get it). It is better to hit a normal one for one point than to run to a hogger swing and a miss and get nothing.

4) Your next "target" should be something that spawned after the one you just hit, you may think you can get to an older one before it de-spawn but it is unlikely, Misses score nothing.

5) Nothing to hit move to the centre, so you will be in  a good positions to move once something pops up.

6) You should be moving most of the time you can swing the hammer on the move.

7) If you can get a speed boast it helps.

8: Try not to hit the dolls!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 08, 2015, 06:06:28 AM
I did this on one try yesterday, even with one accidental doll hit.  It's possible that they've increased the Hogger spawn rate - he was up at least once and often twice during my attempt.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 11, 2015, 09:11:33 AM
I thank Andius and Snique for the Whack-a-Gnoll advice, which was good, valid, and well-intentioned. But I shouldn't have tried to follow it. I never got a score higher than 33. All I got was impatient, frustrated, and angry. (This may have been due to my residual frustration and anger at Batman: Arkham Knight, about which I'll write later.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 29, 2015, 05:52:40 AM
Andius is the greatest. That is all.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 01, 2015, 08:45:47 PM
I know I've asked this somewhere in DC before, but I don't remember where or when. So I'll ask again:

I'd like to join a Horde guild with a low-level alt. The reason is to get to Exalted status with the Guild and purchase the Guide Squire and Guild Page. Is anyone here a member of or is connected Horde guild of at least moderate size that would be willing to let me join for this purpose?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 02, 2015, 05:10:12 AM
I know I've asked this somewhere in DC before, but I don't remember where or when. So I'll ask again:

I'd like to join a Horde guild with a low-level alt. The reason is to get to Exalted status with the Guild and purchase the Guide Squire and Guild Page. Is anyone here a member of or is connected Horde guild of at least moderate size that would be willing to let me join for this purpose?

You willing to make a alt on Mordoran (Normal server)? I have a alt in a pet guild (Pet Peeves) which `has them pets and I can invite.

Edit: Spelling
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 02, 2015, 06:23:43 AM
I assume you meant "Muradin", unless I completely missed Mordoran in the realm list. I've created Winstonella, a Tauren Monk. We'll sync up at some point when we're both on Earthen Ring.

Thanks for this! Once again, Andius is the greatest!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 02, 2015, 12:57:13 PM
I assume you meant "Muradin", unless I completely missed Mordoran in the realm list. I've created Winstonella, a Tauren Monk. We'll sync up at some point when we're both on Earthen Ring.

Thanks for this! Once again, Andius is the greatest!

Ooops I type bad Madoran.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 03, 2015, 05:27:26 AM
It's interesting: Leveling up a character from level 1 (as I've done with Shattered Moon on ER and Pet Peeves on Madoran) reminds me of I liked WoW in the first place. It helps that the starting area for Gnomes and Taurens (respectively) have changed a lot since vanilla.

It's a shame that, after all these years, Mankirk still hasn't finished mourning his wife...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 07, 2015, 05:34:19 AM
For anyone who's leveling their pets: This is a pet bonus event weekend. From Fri to Mon, you get triple XP from pet battles.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 07, 2015, 06:57:22 AM
The related quest is somewhat disappointing since it requires PvP pet battles and gives you one 1-25 pet leveling stone.  I'm pretty sure with triple XP I can get multiple pets to 25 in the time I'd take to win 4 (or is it 5) pvp battles, which have to be done with L25 pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 07, 2015, 07:28:45 AM
The related quest is somewhat disappointing since it requires PvP pet battles and gives you one 1-25 pet leveling stone.  I'm pretty sure with triple XP I can get multiple pets to 25 in the time I'd take to win 4 (or is it 5) pvp battles, which have to be done with L25 pets.

A MoP level trainer and above a carry pet Level 10 with more than 600 xp goes to level 24 in one fight (With both foods and the hat), level 13  with more than 199 xp same buffs gets to 25.
Without foods and just the hat buff a level 17 goes to 25 with one fight.

Getting 18K xp in one fight is rather nice :p


Edit: Just remember there is a pet for Winning 250 pet fights.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 07, 2015, 12:58:41 PM
Edit: Just remember there is a pet for Winning 250 pet fights.

Clarify: The Brutal Pet Brawler achievement and pet is given for winning 250 _PvP_ battles. Since even the best PvP pet fighters find it hard to beat a 50% success rate, that means fighting at least 500 PvP battles. That's a little much, even for me.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 08, 2015, 03:46:06 AM
If you still need a Deathwatch Hatchling found this post on warcraftpets.com (http://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/beast/ravagers/deathwatch-hatchling/)/. I do not know if they are still doing it.

Rivaled - Dragonblight US, was allowing pet hunters to join and get this little guy as of 6-17-15. They helped me out and were really cool about it so just a reminder: BE POLITE. Don't spam them for an invite or beg for gold to buy it! They are already doing you a big favor as it is and this really should go without saying, but apparently the guild Voodoo had these sort of problems from those they were trying to help and it is why they stopped.
 
Happy hunting!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 08, 2015, 03:55:57 AM
That's an interesting offer, and something I'd be willing to do (twice before I joined a guild just to level up a toon to get a pet). From that post, it's not clear how to go about contacting Rivaled-Dragonblight in a way they'd prefer. Andius, did you try this? How did you reach out to them?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 08, 2015, 04:02:47 AM
I have not tried these ones (I got mine from Voodoo back before they stopped doing it)

When I did it back then I did on a who on the guild and Polity asked someone about joining for the pet. I think it is best to ask someone who is in town (or maybe Garrison) as they are more likely not to be busy doing something.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 08, 2015, 08:37:13 AM
This went smoothly, just as Andius said. I found Rivaled's web site (http://rivaled-guild.guildlaunch.com/) but the only application they accept via that site is for raiding. They raid 3 nights a week and expect good performance, so I guess that makes them a progression guild. Or does it? I'm not certain of the terminology.

Anyway, I created a toon on Dragonblight (a human monk named Berthal), did the /who, asked someone in Rivaled who was in a garrison if the comment on warcraftpets was true. They responded immediately by inviting me into the guild. I promised to behave myself, and they assured me that was not necessary.

That left me with a long-term issue: Once I was revered with Rivaled, I'd have to get 300 gold to buy the Deathwatch Hatchling. I tried, but I couldn't mail money from ER. Andius and Snique both offered solutions: Andius suggested that I sell a spare pet; Snique that I sell a WoW token on the server. Snique's solution would have left me with too much gold on a character that I probably would never use again, though it occurred to me that I might buy pets on the Dragonblight AH that were cheaper than on ER's.

Andius' idea was more direct, so I selected a pet to sell and went to the AH. There I encountered an unusual problem: My level 2 character didn't have the 1 silver I needed to put a pet up for auction. He only had 90 copper. What to do? Should I go all the way back to my starting area and do another quest? Ask someone for 10 copper? Visit the guild vault and pick something I knew they wouldn't need?

I solved the "problem" in a way that didn't involve begging, stealing, or wasting time. As I did so, I realized that I more fun figuring out a way to get 10 copper than I've had trying to figure out how to get 1000 gold. There's a lesson to be learned here, though I'm not sure what it is.

What was my solution? I leave that as an exercise for the student.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 21, 2015, 02:15:12 PM
New pet (Grave Golem) announced, available June 2 for having level 20 in HotS.  Not clear if that's only people who get to 20 after that date or available to those of us who already have that level.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 21, 2015, 04:05:50 PM
1) Is this the same pet as Graves, or is this a distinct pet?

2) By "level 20", do they mean player level 20 (which us pet lovers already have) or a character who's level 20 (which would be a big pain in the butt)?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on August 21, 2015, 04:12:07 PM
As June 2 is about two and a half months in the past, I'm pretty sure this is the same pet people discussed back on page 11.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 24, 2015, 07:33:49 AM
Yeah you're right, it does appear to be the same thing.  I'm not sure why it showed up in my Battle.net launcher ad rotation alongside the "pre-order blizzcon virtual tickets" ad.  I just assumed it was a new thing they were doing.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 01, 2015, 02:08:46 PM
New pet quest appeared this patch, given by the pet trainer (might require level 3).  Defeat 5 battle pet tamers in Draenor.  Gives 10 Flawless training stones.

ETA: I got distracted and forgot to complete this yesterday.  Today I re-battled the same trainer and got credit.  So the quest appears to be 'win five battles against...'  Dunno if that's a bug or not.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 02, 2015, 03:30:36 AM
In other news the Safari Hat is now a toy, which gives you back an inventory space but (if you're me) means you need to find a hotkey space for it so you remember to use it.

ETA: and pet bandages now stack to something more than 25.  I'm sure I'll find that out one day, too.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 02, 2015, 04:46:45 AM
In other news the Safari Hat is now a toy, which gives you back an inventory space but (if you're me) means you need to find a hotkey space for it so you remember to use it.

ETA: and pet bandages now stack to something more than 25.  I'm sure I'll find that out one day, too.

They stack to 250 :D
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 02, 2015, 01:26:30 PM
New pet quest appeared this patch, given by the pet trainer (might require level 3).  Defeat 5 battle pet tamers in Draenor.  Gives 10 Flawless training stones.

ETA: I got distracted and forgot to complete this yesterday.  Today I re-battled the same trainer and got credit.  So the quest appears to be 'win five battles against...'  Dunno if that's a bug or not.

Interesting  [Battle Pet Tamers: Warlords] is showing as a Battle.net level quest but you have to kill them on one character for it to count.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 03, 2015, 07:00:56 AM
There are three new world-boss-type mobs in the outdoor areas of Highmaul that, I'm told, can drop pets.  You can kill them daily for a chance at loot.  Maybe even once per day per character, but I haven't tried that.

Their spawn timers are pretty fast, 5-10 minutes is my experience.  They do fairly high amounts of damage, but if you're geared and careful they can be soloed.  Two or three people makes the kill trivial and loot is Personal by default so I'm assuming each person has an equal chance at a pet.  Six kills over two days has not produced any pet drops - just garrison resources.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 03, 2015, 01:51:56 PM
All three of these pets are "Manafiends": Empowered Manafield (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98237). Empyreal Manafiend (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98238), Energied Manafiend (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98236). I haven't tried going after the elites that drop them yet, but the pets themselves have started appearing on the auction house. Prices are currently between 15K-20K. As someone who's used to saving up 50K from garrison missions to purchase a Son of Animus, I don't find the prices of the Manafiends to be outrageous, and the prices are likely to drop with time.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 04, 2015, 03:43:02 PM
All three of these pets are "Manafiends": Empowered Manafield (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98237). Empyreal Manafiend (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98238), Energied Manafiend (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98236). I haven't tried going after the elites that drop them yet, but the pets themselves have started appearing on the auction house. Prices are currently between 15K-20K. As someone who's used to saving up 50K from garrison missions to purchase a Son of Animus, I don't find the prices of the Manafiends to be outrageous, and the prices are likely to drop with time.

Down to under 10K except for the Energied Manafiend (http://www.wowhead.com/npc=98236) Which is around 15K
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 06, 2015, 12:28:36 PM
To my intense surprise, I managed to get the Whack-a-Gnoll achievement at the Darkmoon Faire, and picked up the Hogs pet.

I strongly suspect that everyone on this forum who wants this pet already has one, but in case anyone else wants to duplicate what I did: I selected an old hunter toon and activate Aspect of the Cheetah to get the 130% movement speed. I went into the interface settings, and for the camera selected "Never adjust camera." I then manually moved the camera to a direct overhead view as high up as possible. This let me see all the barrels at once, which was enough of an advantage over my usual slow response time. I got the achievement on my second try.

The real trick is to remember to set your camera back to Auto-follow, otherwise all your other toons will appear to start walking diagonally.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 08, 2015, 03:49:37 AM
New pet quest appeared this patch, given by the pet trainer (might require level 3).  Defeat 5 battle pet tamers in Draenor.  Gives 10 Flawless training stones.

For whatever reason this quest reappeared this morning.  I can't tell if it's one of the weekly things since today is a week since I saw it last or if it's a glitch.  The quest also now gives "beat a trainer" credit for beating Erris.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 10, 2015, 07:18:18 PM
I've had a day filled with wild ups and downs. So I'm going to indulge in a self-congratulatory post. This is not a post to read if you're looking for modesty.

According to the rankings of http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring, I am now #9 in the Earthen Ring Realm Leaderboards, and in the top 500 of the tens of thousands of pet collectors on the site.

This boast comes with some caveats:

- I am not the best pet collector in Earthen Ring. I'm not even the best pet collector in DeadlyCupcakes. Andius is ahead of me, and may be even further ahead by the time I finish writing this post; Andius is a more resourceful player than I am. Nicii and Ghoselle haven't updated their warcraftpets.com rankings lately. It's easily possible that other DCers are ahead of me.

- The ranking system on warcraftpets is not only based on the number of pets you have, but on the "quality" of the collection based on a formula that weights the number of pets, the sums of their levels, and their rank (poor, common, uncommon, rare). Someone else could come up with an equally-valid formula that would not rate my collection so highly compared to others.

So I'm not boasting about my absolute skill as a pet collector. I'm boasting because I made the decision to pursue pet collecting almost exactly a year ago. In that year I've managed to get my collection to a point that I can be ranked among the pet collectors who are far more serious and capable than I am.

I don't know if I'm going to keep it up. Still, it's nice to be competitor, if only for a little while.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 11, 2015, 04:23:54 AM
I've had a day filled with wild ups and downs. So I'm going to indulge in a self-congratulatory post. This is not a post to read if you're looking for modesty.

According to the rankings of http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring, I am now #9 in the Earthen Ring Realm Leaderboards, and in the top 500 of the tens of thousands of pet collectors on the site.

This boast comes with some caveats:

- I am not the best pet collector in Earthen Ring. I'm not even the best pet collector in DeadlyCupcakes. Andius is ahead of me, and may be even further ahead by the time I finish writing this post; Andius is a more resourceful player than I am. Nicii and Ghoselle haven't updated their warcraftpets.com rankings lately. It's easily possible that other DCers are ahead of me.

- The ranking system on warcraftpets is not only based on the number of pets you have, but on the "quality" of the collection based on a formula that weights the number of pets, the sums of their levels, and their rank (poor, common, uncommon, rare). Someone else could come up with an equally-valid formula that would not rate my collection so highly compared to others.

So I'm not boasting about my absolute skill as a pet collector. I'm boasting because I made the decision to pursue pet collecting almost exactly a year ago. In that year I've managed to get my collection to a point that I can be ranked among the pet collectors who are far more serious and capable than I am.

I don't know if I'm going to keep it up. Still, it's nice to be competitor, if only for a little while.

Congratulations, looking at it now you have 2 more pets than me. I'm only ranking higher due to all my pets being rare and level 25.

From looking at your collect it was only a matter of time before you collected more than me. You have more collector edition pets and Blizcon pet than I do, which at this point are just too expensive to get (barring a very big lottery win). For example if I wanted to add the vanilla WoW collector edition pets ( Mini Diablo, Panda Cub, Zergling) it would cost me something like $3000, far too much for 3 pets.

Going forward there are 16 pets I could get (4 RaF , 3 from SC2 CE, 1 Blizcon, I legion CE, 1 shop,  5 in game events 1 from PvP)

While you have 20 (4 RaF, 1 from SC2 CE, 1 Blizcon, I legion CE, 2 shop, 5 in game events, 1 from PvP, 2 Raid drops,  2TCG, 1 Darkmoon faire)

So long term your always going to beat me :(

Also manage your wanted/excluded makes it easier to see what you can and can not get :P
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 11, 2015, 05:25:58 AM
That really is quite an accomplishment.  Congratulations!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 11, 2015, 08:16:13 AM
Andius, despite the numerical rankings of warcraftpets, I still consider you to be a better pet collector than me. I would not have the collection I have if you hadn't helped me.

Although your numbers of who might get more pets is correct, it doesn't account relative player ability. If Blizzard adds more tests of skill to get pets (like the Darkmoon Faire Mini-Zep), I probably won't be able to pick those up.

Also, the only way I can get the trading-card pets is by buying on the AH. Since Blizzard isn't printing more of these cards, their prices go steadily up. My only means of grinding money is through garrison missions. So it's an economic race: my income through missions is fixed, but the supply-vs-demand law says that the trading-card pet prices will go up.

And you've got at least two pets (the Thundering Serpent Hatchling and the Spirit of Competition) which I'd never be able to get, unless they show up on the Black Market AH _and_ I just happened to have 100K+ gold lying around.

I may move ahead according to the numbers for a little while, but in the long run it's the skill that counts!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 20, 2015, 10:25:19 AM
Stout Alemental is available for 200 tickets
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 23, 2015, 05:57:51 AM
Pet event starts today (Battle pet experience increased by 200%)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 09, 2015, 06:18:51 PM
Hokey Smoke! I got the Racing Minizep at the Darkmoon Faire! I did it after watching this YouTube video (https://youtu.be/xCGkSrkl3qY) and reading its description. It took me many tries, but finally I got everything right.

Itty-bitty boast: I'm also now the #2 pet owner on Earthen Ring according to warcraftpets.com. I'll never be #1 (Gemlore has that pretty well locked in), and it probably won't last. But it's fun while it does.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 10, 2015, 09:48:09 AM
Hokey Smoke! I got the Racing Minizep at the Darkmoon Faire! I did it after watching this YouTube video (https://youtu.be/xCGkSrkl3qY) and reading its description. It took me many tries, but finally I got everything right.

Itty-bitty boast: I'm also now the #2 pet owner on Earthen Ring according to warcraftpets.com. I'll never be #1 (Gemlore has that pretty well locked in), and it probably won't last. But it's fun while it does.

CONGRATULATIONS!!

Edit extra bit:
Looking at your pets I see there are 6 more you could get (4 RAF, PvP one and a TCG cat) so you could get to number one!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on October 17, 2015, 07:44:42 PM
Terky, a white murloc pet formerly unavailable outside of a limited-time promotion in Taiwan, is now easy to get in game.  Details here:

http://www.wowhead.com/item=22780/white-murloc-egg#comments

Notes:

* Only one person can loot the ground item at a time, and it takes a moment to respawn.  It's in a CRZ-enabled zone (Borean Tundra), so people from other servers may be around also picking it up.  I only had to wait for a couple of other people who were in the cave ahead of me, but it's been less than an hour since wowhead broke the news on this.

* The item you pick up is bind-on-account.  You can only have one of the pet in your collection, and it can't be caged.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 18, 2015, 05:01:48 AM
Looking at your pets I see there are 6 more you could get (4 RAF, PvP one and a TCG cat) so you could get to number one!!

I'm frantically trying to raise enough gold on the Madoran server to get the Spectral Tiger Cub. I'm not sure how to convince four friends to join WoW so I could get the recruit-a-friend pets. But it would be all for naught for a peculiar reason: I have a bad pet.

At some point (I don't remember) I caught a rare Moonkin Hatchling. It turned out to be "bad." Although I could see it in my pet list, I could not summon it, level it, cage it, or dismiss it. I eventually caught another Moonkin Hatchling (which has a different picture in my pet list) and leveled that up instead. All this was before I started aggressively pursuing a score on warcraftpets.com.

The site sees that bad Moonkin as a separate pet, despite the fact that its scoring mechanism ignores duplicates. The formula that warcraftpets.com uses to determine your score is:

Code: [Select]
   2*(total unique pets)
+  .04*(sum of all unique pet levels)
+  1*(total common pets)
+  2*(total uncommon pets)
+  3*(total rare pets)
+  5*(total epic pets)
+ 10*(total legendary pets)

So the bad Moonkin adds 5 to my score. If it were level 25, it would add 6 to my score (25*0.04 = 1), but I can't level it. When comparing my score to someone else who has the same number of fully-leveled all-rare pets, I'll always be 1 short. Even if I were to gain 736 pets somehow (737 now that Terky is available), I'd still be 1 short of Gemlore's total.

I think this is fair, since my score is being boosted by what amounts to a programming glitch. If I were being super-honest, I'd file a ticket and ask a WoW GM to delete the bad pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 18, 2015, 05:13:44 AM
Looking at your pets I see there are 6 more you could get (4 RAF, PvP one and a TCG cat) so you could get to number one!!

I'm frantically trying to raise enough gold on the Madoran server to get the Spectral Tiger Cub. I'm not sure how to convince four friends to join WoW so I could get the recruit-a-friend pets. But it would be all for naught for a peculiar reason: I have a bad pet.

At some point (I don't remember) I caught a rare Moonkin Hatchling. It turned out to be "bad." Although I could see it in my pet list, I could not summon it, level it, cage it, or dismiss it. I eventually caught another Moonkin Hatchling (which has a different picture in my pet list) and leveled that up instead. All this was before I started aggressively pursuing a score on warcraftpets.com.

The site sees that bad Moonkin as a separate pet, despite the fact that its scoring mechanism ignores duplicates. The formula that warcraftpets.com uses to determine your score is:

Code: [Select]
   2*(total unique pets)
+  .04*(sum of all unique pet levels)
+  1*(total common pets)
+  2*(total uncommon pets)
+  3*(total rare pets)
+  5*(total epic pets)
+ 10*(total legendary pets)

So the bad Moonkin adds 5 to my score. If it were level 25, it would add 6 to my score (25*0.04 = 1), but I can't level it. When comparing my score to someone else who has the same number of fully-leveled all-rare pets, I'll always be 1 short. Even if I were to gain 736 pets somehow (737 now that Terky is available), I'd still be 1 short of Gemlore's total.

I think this is fair, since my score is being boosted by what amounts to a programming glitch. If I were being super-honest, I'd file a ticket and ask a WoW GM to delete the bad pet.

The Moonkin Hatchling was a shop pet, you got 2 (one alliance and one Horde versions), you should be able to level it up on a horde character.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 18, 2015, 05:20:32 AM
Terky, a white murloc pet formerly unavailable outside of a limited-time promotion in Taiwan, is now easy to get in game.  Details here:

http://www.wowhead.com/item=22780/white-murloc-egg#comments

Notes:

* Only one person can loot the ground item at a time, and it takes a moment to respawn.  It's in a CRZ-enabled zone (Borean Tundra), so people from other servers may be around also picking it up.  I only had to wait for a couple of other people who were in the cave ahead of me, but it's been less than an hour since wowhead broke the news on this.

* The item you pick up is bind-on-account.  You can only have one of the pet in your collection, and it can't be caged.

THANK YOU
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 18, 2015, 06:17:58 AM
The Moonkin Hatchling was a shop pet, you got 2 (one alliance and one Horde versions), you should be able to level it up on a horde character.

Have I mentioned lately that you're a hero? Thanks! Now I've got an honest score.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 18, 2015, 10:42:59 AM
Andius has more faith in me than I have in myself. As of this moment, I'm the #1 pet owner on Earthen Ring: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring

This will disappear as soon as Gemlore logs in and puts in 30 minutes worth of effort (Terky and the 3 festival pets). Until then, I shall bask in this trivial glory.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 18, 2015, 12:29:47 PM
Andius has more faith in me than I have in myself. As of this moment, I'm the #1 pet owner on Earthen Ring: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring

This will disappear as soon as Gemlore logs in and puts in 30 minutes worth of effort (Terky and the 3 festival pets). Until then, I shall bask in this trivial glory.

Winston, Winston number one, number one Winston!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on October 24, 2015, 12:49:47 PM
Andius has more faith in me than I have in myself. As of this moment, I'm the #1 pet owner on Earthen Ring: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring

This will disappear as soon as Gemlore logs in and puts in 30 minutes worth of effort (Terky and the 3 festival pets). Until then, I shall bask in this trivial glory.

Winston, Winston number one, number one Winston!!

Winston, Winston still number one, still number one Winston!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 24, 2015, 04:16:19 PM
Thanks!

Ellemir will probably surpass me within a couple of days by buying the Collector's Edition of Diablo 3: Reaper of Souls. I've had my week at the top, so I'm content.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 24, 2015, 05:21:51 PM
I just discovered this: If you want a Recruit-A-Friend pet (or you want a RaF two-person flying mount), you are allowed to recruit yourself! You can find the details here: http://www.wowhead.com/guides/recruit-a-friend-basics

You can do this without creating a new battle.net account and without dual-boxing. However, you will need to pay an inital $10 and two months subscription fee ($15/month) on the Recruit account to be able to pick a Recruit-a-Friend bonus on the Veteran account. The two-month fee is offset by getting one month free on your Veteran account. This means the cost of getting a Recruit-a-Friend bonus item is roughly $25 plus tax, which is also the cost of buying a mount on the Blizzard store.

That's how all those senior pet collectors on warcraftpets.com got all four RaF pets!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 05, 2015, 04:37:53 AM
They "fixed" the weekly beat-five-trainers quest, which is to say it's now broken a different way.  Previously you got credit for the quest with one battle.  Now it appears you need five, but it's not correctly counting battles done across characters so you have to do five with a single character to get credit.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 06, 2015, 11:01:35 AM
Andius has more faith in me than I have in myself. As of this moment, I'm the #1 pet owner on Earthen Ring: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring

This will disappear as soon as Gemlore logs in and puts in 30 minutes worth of effort (Terky and the 3 festival pets). Until then, I shall bask in this trivial glory.

Winston, Winston number one, number one Winston!!

Winston, Winston still number one, still number one Winston!!

Winston, Winston now a pet, what a pet is Winston!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 06, 2015, 11:14:40 AM
I know Gemlore is back to being the #1 pet collector on Earthen Ring (as I predicted). Is that what you mean? I don't recall seeing a "Winston" pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on November 06, 2015, 11:16:31 AM
There's a pet named "Baby Winston" which you get by buying (I think) the Origin edition of Overwatch.  In Overwatch, Winston is a highly scientific gorilla.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 06, 2015, 01:48:39 PM
I should take Winston to a barbershop and give him as much hair as game customization will allow.

Thanks for letting me know! Overwatch pre-ordered!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 25, 2015, 06:01:08 AM
I just discovered this: If you want a Recruit-A-Friend pet (or you want a RaF two-person flying mount), you are allowed to recruit yourself! You can find the details here: http://www.wowhead.com/guides/recruit-a-friend-basics

You can do this without creating a new battle.net account and without dual-boxing. However, you will need to pay an inital $10 and two months subscription fee ($15/month) on the Recruit account to be able to pick a Recruit-a-Friend bonus on the Veteran account. The two-month fee is offset by getting one month free on your Veteran account. This means the cost of getting a Recruit-a-Friend bonus item is roughly $25 plus tax, which is also the cost of buying a mount on the Blizzard store.

That's how all those senior pet collectors on warcraftpets.com got all four RaF pets!

Base version is on sale for only $4.99 right now, which would make the pet $20 plus tax unless you buy the game time with gold.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 25, 2015, 01:30:46 PM
I'm not 100% certain, but I believe the Recruit account has to pay cash for the two months subscription before the Veteran account gets any rewards. Buying game tokens will probably not be sufficient.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 25, 2015, 02:04:03 PM
I'm not 100% certain, but I believe the Recruit account has to pay cash for the two months subscription before the Veteran account gets any rewards. Buying game tokens will probably not be sufficient.

Nope buying token will work, there was a post about it which I can not find but I did find this one (http://eu.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/14381289957) which covers it, or a better one (http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/16953425452)
Found the post (http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/17346235283)


Edit found a better post, double edit found the post I was looking for :D
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 25, 2015, 04:43:48 PM
I just tried this, doing a RaF on myself for a second alternate account and immediately buying two game tokens on the second account. I'll know in about seven days whether I get the reward.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gori on November 26, 2015, 09:41:30 AM
Trying this out myself, ordered game time off Amazon since I get bonus points on my Prime card that way. Hope this works!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 26, 2015, 04:43:36 PM
In order to get game time off the AH you must have gold, right?  How does the new character get gold?  Presumably you make it on a realm where you can mail it gold?

So if I'm purchasing two tokens with gold, what exactly do I need to spend cash on?  And do you use a different machine for the second account or what?  I imagine the launcher getting quite confused, though I guess I could sign out of one account into another on the same machine.  But if I can do THAT and that account can play the games I have installed there... what, again, am I spending actual cash money on?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 26, 2015, 05:59:43 PM
Take another look at http://www.wowhead.com/guides/recruit-a-friend-basics. Scroll to the end of the article.

You can recruit yourself with your standard e-mail address and battle.net account. You can create the Recruit character on the same realm as your Veteran character. After you've paid for the Recruit character's copy of WoW, you can invite the Recruit into your guild (assuming your Veteran has invite privileges). Then you can insta-mail gold for the WoW token to the Recruit, assuming your guild has that perk. If you want, you can have the Veteran travel to any AH you choose and summon the Recruit to that location (assuming you've both friended each other), so you don't have to march the Recruit on foot (or travel via chauffeur) to the nearest AH. The Recruit buys two WoW tokens off of the AH, and uses them.

Does this work? I'll know in six days.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on December 02, 2015, 09:46:39 AM
The donation pet is available now.   https://us.battle.net/shop/en/product/world-of-warcraft-pet-brightpaw
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gwyddyon on December 02, 2015, 10:36:25 AM
I think I know an Avi who will get this soon.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 02, 2015, 10:58:05 AM
The donation pet is available now.   https://us.battle.net/shop/en/product/world-of-warcraft-pet-brightpaw

Not sure why but they post you one and put one in your bag, shame you are only allowed to keep one  :'(
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 02, 2015, 01:56:41 PM
The video is adorable, and I'm not even really a 'cat person'.  Getting it now.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 02, 2015, 04:57:24 PM
Take another look at http://www.wowhead.com/guides/recruit-a-friend-basics. Scroll to the end of the article.

You can recruit yourself with your standard e-mail address and battle.net account. You can create the Recruit character on the same realm as your Veteran character. After you've paid for the Recruit character's copy of WoW, you can invite the Recruit into your guild (assuming your Veteran has invite privileges). Then you can insta-mail gold for the WoW token to the Recruit, assuming your guild has that perk. If you want, you can have the Veteran travel to any AH you choose and summon the Recruit to that location (assuming you've both friended each other), so you don't have to march the Recruit on foot (or travel via chauffeur) to the nearest AH. The Recruit buys two WoW tokens off of the AH, and uses them.

Does this work? I'll know in six days.

I can confirm that this trick works! This means if you've got a spare 70k-80k gold (depending on token prices), you can get one of the RaF pets with whatever the current price of the basic WoW game happens to be, plus two weeks of patience.

Edit: In addition to you both friending each other, the Veteran needs to invite the Recruit to a party. Then the Veteran can summon the Recruit to wherever.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gori on December 04, 2015, 04:33:05 AM
Take another look at http://www.wowhead.com/guides/recruit-a-friend-basics. Scroll to the end of the article.

You can recruit yourself with your standard e-mail address and battle.net account. You can create the Recruit character on the same realm as your Veteran character. After you've paid for the Recruit character's copy of WoW, you can invite the Recruit into your guild (assuming your Veteran has invite privileges). Then you can insta-mail gold for the WoW token to the Recruit, assuming your guild has that perk. If you want, you can have the Veteran travel to any AH you choose and summon the Recruit to that location (assuming you've both friended each other), so you don't have to march the Recruit on foot (or travel via chauffeur) to the nearest AH. The Recruit buys two WoW tokens off of the AH, and uses them.

Does this work? I'll know in six days.

I can confirm that this trick works! This means if you've got a spare 70k-80k gold (depending on token prices), you can get one of the RaF pets with whatever the current price of the basic WoW game happens to be, plus two weeks of patience.

Edit: In addition to you both friending each other, the Veteran needs to invite the Recruit to a party. Then the Veteran can summon the Recruit to wherever.

I didn't need to invite to party, I got the prompt last night when I logged in and the only thing I had done was add each other as friends. I'm kind of tempted to do this a few more times for the rest of the mounts...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 04, 2015, 06:08:26 PM
After I've got all the RAF pets, I'm thinking of doing one more time for a two-person flying mount. Andius found a clever way to use one to level pets with alts on another account.

On the other hand, since a Veteran can summon their Recruit anywhere (up to level 90 in 6.x; level 100 in 7.x) once every 30 minutes. So there doesn't seem to be much need to directly transport the Recruit on a flying mount.

And I know that none of you would trust me to fly you anywhere. I might accidentally dispel the mount, plummeting the two of us to our doom.

So might as well save some money.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on December 16, 2015, 06:27:24 PM
Winston is #1
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 17, 2015, 02:36:25 AM
Thanks. Once again, it's temporary. After logging in to get the Winter Veil pet, Gemlore will be #1 again.

Until Legion comes out, there's only one way I could get and hold the #1 position, and that's to win 500 PvP pet battles to get the Stunted Direhorn. I don't know if I'm up to that challenge. I've participated in one PvP pet battle, and I won, but it was by pure luck. When I read the comments by experienced pet PvPers, I realize that I'm outclassed.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 03, 2016, 04:53:07 PM
... or maybe I'm not that outclassed after all.

After I did a bit more reading, I decided to try pet PvP. It's not as bad as I thought it was going to be. I anticipated an environment like the battlegrounds: fighting against opponents with a sense of meanness. Pet PvP is more sheltering; you don't even see your opponent, but a randomly-generated graphic.

I followed the advice on this web page: http://battlepetroundup.com/2013/06/28/pet-pvp-101/ which is basically to pick a team and stick with it, learning how to play to its strengths. I found some team suggestions at http://pvppetbattles.com/. I picked one and stuck with it.

So far I've won 20 PvP pet battles, roughly 50%-60% of the ones I've fought in. It helped me to make a spreadsheet of my team, listing the type of each pet, the skills it has, and the strengths and weaknesses of the pets and their skills. This is no guarantee of success, but it help me to be aware of opportunities like "if they've got Undead, then use my Alpine Foxling."

Everyone's conception of the strongest PvP pet goes through cycles. Right now the uber-pet-du-jour seems to be Graves, the free pet you get if get to level 20 in Heroes of the Storm. So it doesn't hurt to think about what pets would be good for defeating Graves, since that's the opponent you'll see most often.

It takes me about 30-45 minutes to win 10 PvP battles. It was easy for me to put in this time on weekends. Maybe I'll be able to keep it up for 50 days straight and get my Stunted Direhorn by then, but I doubt it. Still, ol' Stunty is in sight!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 04, 2016, 07:00:51 AM
Thanks for the tips and links. I am likewise not inclined to do pvp pet battles, but perhaps I'll give it a go at some point.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 06, 2016, 10:09:22 AM
In pet battle PvP, you don't see your opponent; you just see a placeholder graphic. However, you do see whatever alternate names they've given their pets. I've tried to name at least one pet in each of my pet PvP teams after a prominent member of the DC community, with emphasis on those who've advised and supported me during my quest for pet supremacy.

So if you're trying out pet battle PvP, and you see that the Spring Rabbit is named Ghoselle, you're playing me. Likewise for a Foxling named Snique or a Toad named Andius. (If you think that last one is an insult, you should see what a toad/frog pet does against a team of 3 undead pets.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 07, 2016, 06:17:47 AM
Aww, thank you! I tend to name my pets with puns in mind.  I have Maggot Thatcher and another one named Jim Carrion, for example. I'm competely out of Moth puns, however.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: jsoh on January 07, 2016, 07:23:20 AM
All moths are named Gigit, especially the yellow ones.

/sagenod
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on January 07, 2016, 10:58:47 AM
All moths are named Gigit, especially the yellow ones.

/sagenod
I am not a moth!  I am a free Dranei!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 16, 2016, 07:26:29 AM
I've won 50 pet battles in two weeks. At that rate, if I have the stomach for it, I'll have the Stunted Direhorn in eight more weeks.

That's assuming that I want to put up with PvP pet battles for eight more weeks. This is worse than grinding for a legendary. It's making me reconsider whether I want to continue with essentially pointless task of being a competitive pet collector.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 16, 2016, 07:38:11 AM
I've won 50 pet battles in two weeks. At that rate, if I have the stomach for it, I'll have the Stunted Direhorn in eight more weeks.

That's assuming that I want to put up with PvP pet battles for eight more weeks. This is worse than grinding for a legendary. It's making me reconsider whether I want to continue with essentially pointless task of being a competitive pet collector.

Or you could aim to do the weekly win 10 PvP battle (http://www.wowhead.com/quest=32863/what-weve-been-training-for) and take your time to avoid burn out. If some week you feel like doing more than the 10 go for it.

500 wins is part of the reason I have not started it, it looks to me like something that is going to take a lot of time, but on the other hand it is something few people have.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 16, 2016, 09:24:29 AM
It's 250 wins for the Stunted Direhorn, not 500. I probably said it wrong in an earlier post: If on the average one wins 50% of PvP pet battles, it takes about 500 battles to get 250 wins.

I've found that it's more complex than simple 50%/50% odds. If I'm fighting someone with a very experienced player, a highly-tuned team, or a team that's purely defensive (e.g., high on group heals), then I have no chance to win; I'll forfeit. The really good pet PvPers seem to only show up during certain times of the day; Friday night and Saturdays are miserable for me, but weekday mornings I have better luck.

The rewards for the 10 PvP battle weekly are so minor that it's not worth it to me to pick up the quest. On the other hand, a non-level-max toon gets some XP from being in a pet battle. So I do all my pet battling on my mid-level auction alt, Pellinore. I'm almost certainly never going to take him outdoors again (I've completely forgotten how to play a Paladin), but there's some minor pleasure in watching him level up.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 16, 2016, 12:34:04 PM
It's 250 wins for the Stunted Direhorn, not 500. I probably said it wrong in an earlier post: If on the average one wins 50% of PvP pet battles, it takes about 500 battles to get 250 wins.

I've found that it's more complex than simple 50%/50% odds. If I'm fighting someone with a very experienced player, a highly-tuned team, or a team that's purely defensive (e.g., high on group heals), then I have no chance to win; I'll forfeit. The really good pet PvPers seem to only show up during certain times of the day; Friday night and Saturdays are miserable for me, but weekday mornings I have better luck.

The rewards for the 10 PvP battle weekly are so minor that it's not worth it to me to pick up the quest. On the other hand, a non-level-max toon gets some XP from being in a pet battle. So I do all my pet battling on my mid-level auction alt, Pellinore. I'm almost certainly never going to take him outdoors again (I've completely forgotten how to play a Paladin), but there's some minor pleasure in watching him level up.

You can pick up the quest in Stormwind so there would be no reason not to do it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 22, 2016, 06:08:02 PM
I've won 75 PvP pet battles, out of the 250 needed for the Stunted Direhorn. That's 30% done. My soul is oozing out of my body.

At my present rate, it's six more weeks of this. *Sigh*
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 26, 2016, 11:24:00 AM
So what you're saying is that this experience is stunting you? your situation is dire? whether or not to continue has you on the horns of.... OK, I'll stop now.

Thanks for affirming my decision never to start this.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 02, 2016, 06:56:43 PM
125/250. 50% done. I should be glad. Instead I envy the dead.

I'll have a more complete set of tips when I'm finally done (I don't want to give away all my little (pathetic) secrets). However, I've got a few hints:

- The best time for pet battles are Tuesday and Wednesday evenings. That's when lots of folks are trying to complete the PvP pet battle weekly.

- The worst times are Friday and Saturday nights. Then mostly the die-hard pet battlers are the only ones there.

- If you see someone with a Stunted Direhorn on their team, forfeit immediately. Don't even bother to look at anything else. They're doing PvP pet battles for fun, and they're better than you. Really.

- There's debate about this among the Pet PvPers in various forums, but in my opinion: Forfeit when you know you can't win. If you see a team that handed you your butt in the last battle, forfeit immediately if you don't have a good alternate strategy. It's not worth wasting your time.

- Sometimes you're continually matched against the same person with the same unbeatable team. If one of the pets is named "Andius" or something like that, send me a message on the deadlycupcakes channel and I'll forfeit some battles against you so you can rack up the wins. Otherwise, forfeit, log off, and do something else. It's not worth wasting your time.

- One exception to the above rule: Play them if you want to learn the composition of their team and their skills so you can duplicate it.

- The following mods are helpful or mandatory: Battle Pet BreedID, PetTracker, Rematch, Battle Pet Binds.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 04, 2016, 03:45:30 AM
There can be niceness even in the midst of PvP pet battles.

This morning, while appraising goods on AH with my auction alt, I queued up for Pet PvP. I fought a couple of battles, winning both. Then I started to see the same team each time I queued, and each time the other person simply forfeited.

Then I got the "No Time to Heal" achievement (none of your pets die for five consecutive PvP battles), and I understood. I queued up again, got the same person again five times in a row, and quickly forfeited each time so they'd get the wins and the achievement.

By the way, 135/250. 54% done.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 06, 2016, 05:38:21 PM
I've long since finished leveling up my entire pet collection, but if you're still doing in the process of doing it: In a prior patch, Blizzard removed the XP gains from most of the "Mastering the Menagerie" daily battles. Most, but not all. It turns out the Squirt battle still awards XP. Here's a wowhead post with Squirt's appearance schedule and some strategies:

<http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/20351495218>

(140/250. It's like pulling teeth. )
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 08, 2016, 07:36:09 PM
150/250. 60% done. Dead relatives are beckoning.

However, I didn't post to whine, at least not entirely. I've discovered a new trick: If everyone on Earthen Ring seems too powerful to defeat in PvP pet battles, switch to a different server. If you're lucky, the other server is on a different battlegroup with different pet battlers.

At least, I assume the pet battles are organized by battlegroup. I don't know. I only have the observation that, after two hours of forfeiting match after match because I encountered the same teams that I could not defeat, switching to a new server let me win a couple.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on February 09, 2016, 07:43:33 AM
after two hours of forfeiting match after match because I encountered the same teams that I could not defeat, switching to a new server let me win a couple.

This makes me wonder what this team (these teams) is? Is it not a team you can make yourself?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 09, 2016, 06:08:46 PM
The team that kept kicking my butt was Graves, Mechanical Pandaren Dragonling, and the Ghastly Kid.

Sure, I can duplicate the team. Then we'd be facing each other with the same pets, and it be a toss-up as to who would win. Except I would lose, since I'm probably the less-experienced player.

Actually, there's a reason for me to duplicate the team, but it's not an obvious one. I can't figure out how to beat this team, but the expert pet PvPers can. So I copycat those pets, go into battle, and wait until my butt gets kicked reliably by a particular setup. Then I copy that team and use it whenever I see that first team.

Rock-paper-scissors, anyone?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on February 10, 2016, 07:47:49 AM
I'm not at a WoW-capable machine so this might be stupid but undead lose to critters, right? I agree the MPD is a pain, but there are some critters with Flurry, and each strike of that counts as an attack against the decoy. A hare with high speed, flurry, and burrow to avoid big nukes?

I'm trying to remember what hurts mechs...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 10, 2016, 12:28:10 PM
An S/S rabbit can chew through any individual undead. When facing undead-heavy teams I sometimes try fielding three S/S rabbits.

The problem is when the enemy is fielding an AOE team, such as Graves, MPD (Mechanical Pandaren Dragonling), and Weebomination (Weeb). Graves does his two AOE atttacks, then MPD builds a Decoy and hits with Thunderbolt, then Weeb cleaves. Repeat as needed.

The front rabbit can do some dodging and tunneling, but the back two pets are getting pounded. When a Weeb dies, the opponent will typically use Corpse Explosion during the resurrection round. This is a lot of damage for critters to take. Substitute a Ghastly Kid for Weeb and it becomes even harder, since the GK can heal and Haunt.

Still, sometimes three rabbits works if the opponent is not experienced. I had a bit of luck with three aquatics, who are resistant to Undead damage: Two Toads and the Left Shark. I plan to experiment with two Anubiseth Idols (keep up sandstorm to reduce AOE) and an Ore Eater, but that's a bit risky since Humanoids take extra damage from Undead. I've seen folks put up three Dragonkin, which do reduced damage against Undead but have abilities like Mana Surge that packs a wallop when combined with Arcane Storm.

This is just the tip of the iceberg. There are issues of coverage, for example. Google on "wow pet battle pvp" and you'll find all kinds of guides. Visit warcraftpets.com forums and you'll see gripes about cookie-cutter teams with Graves and MPD.

Rock-paper-scissors.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 13, 2016, 08:25:32 AM
200/250. 80% done. I should see the end in sight, but all I do is wander the darkness muttering "Brains.....".

Edit: As long as I'm counting down, 210/250; 84% done. It's been a relatively successful day, in the sense that digging through the dirt above your coffin is successful.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 14, 2016, 04:38:47 AM
200/250. 80% done. I should see the end in sight, but all I do is wander the darkness muttering "Brains.....".

Edit: As long as I'm counting down, 210/250; 84% done. It's been a relatively successful day, in the sense that digging through the dirt above your coffin is successful.

GO WINSTON GO!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 14, 2016, 01:53:53 PM
230/250. 92% done. The adventurers enter my tomb, carefully treading its dank and fungus-ridden halls. Though my bloodlust compels me to tarry them, little do they know that my desire to have a stake pounded into my undead heart is no less than their desire to wield the hammer.

Edit: 235/250; 94%. I'm anxious for this to be over. Unfortunately, the regular pet battlers have gotten used to my usual team and have planned against it. It's getting harder to squeeze out wins.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 16, 2016, 05:11:35 PM
I stumble out of my cave and see the sunrise for the first time in millennia. My heart beats within my chest, my lungs take in air. I live again!

It's over. 250/250. 100%. I have the Stunted Direhorn.

Once again I have the #1 ranking in Earthen Ring, according to warcraftpets.com. It will probably stay that way until Legion unless:
- Gemlore decides to spend $300+ on a collector's edition pet (crazy, but I've been sorely tempted to do that several times);
- Blizzard issues a pet that requires some physical dexterity to acquire, like the Darkmoon Faire pets.

There are two more pet achievements after this one, at 1000 and 5000 PvP pet battles won. But thankfully they don't award pets, so I'm done with pet PvP.

In case anyone else would like to try it, here's what inexpert advice I can give in addition to my previous advice at http://www.deadlycupcakes.org/forums/index.php?topic=2820.msg56184#msg56184

The first 70 or so battles I won using this team:
Spring Rabbit (any rabbit will do) with Flurry, Dodge, Burrow; Fragment of Anger with Seethe, Spitfire Beam, Soulrush; Trunks with Smash, Ethereal, Avalanche

The second 60 or so I won using:
Weebomination with Cleave, Death Grip, Haymaker; Graves with Skull Toss, BONESTORM, Grave Destruction; MPD with Breath, Thunderbolt, Decoy

Last half I got through I used:
Stormwing with Alpha Strike, Lift-off, Thunderbolt; Graves with Skull Toss, BONESTORM, Grave Destruction; MPD with Breath, Thunderbolt, Decoy

You can find the strategy for using that last team at http://eu.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/15161313510?page=1. Be warned: the author of that post takes a rather dickish tone.

General pet PvP tips: http://battlepetroundup.com/2013/06/28/pet-pvp-101/
Lots of example teams at: http://pvppetbattles.com/

Some more warnings:

- None of these teams are invincible. I did not win against experienced players. I learned to immediately forfeit if I saw a Stunted Direhorn, Onyx Panther, Ancient Blossom, Sunflower, or Stinker. The last three are components of a healing team, whose strategy is typically to stretch out a battle past all endurance.

- As was noted in the Legion topic, Graves is going to be nerfed in 7.x. If you want to use the last two teams above, do so before Legion comes out.

- The use of Graves+MPD raises the ire of experienced pet battlers; some see it as cookie-cutter at best and cheating at worst. Some may also see my advice to forfeit as cheating too; see http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=15537&sid=152820f3a9c9d18d2405bf8c34515f96 for the one discussion in which I offered my opinion, and the hostility of the response.

- If you keep being matched against someone who knows how to hand you your butt, switch to a different server. It's not clear how pet battlers are matched against each other, but there are definitely some sort of server groups involved that do NOT correspond to the battlegroups or CRZs. For what it's worth, Earthen Ring, Madoran, and Maelstrom are definitely in different pet-battle groups. In my experience, the more skilled battlers were on Earthen Ring. I usually queued there until they started giving me teams I couldn't defeat, then switched to other servers.

- You only need a level 1 toon to do pet PvP. You get XP for each win, so it can be a nice way to level up an otherwise-unused toon. I took Pellinore from level 54 to level 60 solely through pet PvP.

It's over. It's over. It's over.

Yay!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 16, 2016, 05:19:31 PM
I'll make an exception, but only for the Cupcakers.

If you'd like some easy wins, and you see me on-line. let me know. I'll gladly forfeit a few battles against you. It's not a certain thing; there's no guarantee that we'd be matched with Find Battle. But it's worth a shot. I'll be kinder to you than the grizzled pet battlers going for their 5K achievement.

And yes, those same pet battlers would consider this cheating. I leave the choice to you.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 17, 2016, 09:45:16 AM
I stumble out of my cave and see the sunrise for the first time in millennia. My heart beats within my chest, my lungs take in air. I live again!

It's over. 250/250. 100%. I have the Stunted Direhorn.

Once again I have the #1 ranking in Earthen Ring, according to warcraftpets.com. It will probably stay that way until Legion unless:
- Gemlore decides to spend $300+ on a collector's edition pet (crazy, but I've been sorely tempted to do that several times);
- Blizzard issues a pet that requires some physical dexterity to acquire, like the Darkmoon Faire pets.

There are two more pet achievements after this one, at 1000 and 5000 PvP pet battles won. But thankfully they don't award pets, so I'm done with pet PvP.

In case anyone else would like to try it, here's what inexpert advice I can give in addition to my previous advice at http://www.deadlycupcakes.org/forums/index.php?topic=2820.msg56184#msg56184

The first 70 or so battles I won using this team:
Spring Rabbit (any rabbit will do) with Flurry, Dodge, Burrow; Fragment of Anger with Seethe, Spitfire Beam, Soulrush; Trunks with Smash, Ethereal, Avalanche

The second 60 or so I won using:
Weebomination with Cleave, Death Grip, Haymaker; Graves with Skull Toss, BONESTORM, Grave Destruction; MPD with Breath, Thunderbolt, Decoy

Last half I got through I used:
Stormwing with Alpha Strike, Lift-off, Thunderbolt; Graves with Skull Toss, BONESTORM, Grave Destruction; MPD with Breath, Thunderbolt, Decoy

You can find the strategy for using that last team at http://eu.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/15161313510?page=1. Be warned: the author of that post takes a rather dickish tone.

General pet PvP tips: http://battlepetroundup.com/2013/06/28/pet-pvp-101/
Lots of example teams at: http://pvppetbattles.com/

Some more warnings:

- None of these teams are invincible. I did not win against experienced players. I learned to immediately forfeit if I saw a Stunted Direhorn, Onyx Panther, Ancient Blossom, Sunflower, or Stinker. The last three are components of a healing team, whose strategy is typically to stretch out a battle past all endurance.

- As was noted in the Legion topic, Graves is going to be nerfed in 7.x. If you want to use the last two teams above, do so before Legion comes out.

- The use of Graves+MPD raises the ire of experienced pet battlers; some see it as cookie-cutter at best and cheating at worst. Some may also see my advice to forfeit as cheating too; see http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=15537&sid=152820f3a9c9d18d2405bf8c34515f96 for the one discussion in which I offered my opinion, and the hostility of the response.

- If you keep being matched against someone who knows how to hand you your butt, switch to a different server. It's not clear how pet battlers are matched against each other, but there are definitely some sort of server groups involved that do NOT correspond to the battlegroups or CRZs. For what it's worth, Earthen Ring, Madoran, and Maelstrom are definitely in different pet-battle groups. In my experience, the more skilled battlers were on Earthen Ring. I usually queued there until they started giving me teams I couldn't defeat, then switched to other servers.

- You only need a level 1 toon to do pet PvP. You get XP for each win, so it can be a nice way to level up an otherwise-unused toon. I took Pellinore from level 54 to level 60 solely through pet PvP.

It's over. It's over. It's over.

Yay!

CONGRATULATIONS!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on February 18, 2016, 08:24:40 PM
There's no official Blizzard information about this yet, but on the Legion alpha, there are apparently Immaculate Battle Training Stones which raise pets to epic quality.

https://twitter.com/perculia/status/700539901406646272

ETA: there's now a tweet (https://twitter.com/Muffinus/status/700552038451539968) from a dev about them.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 19, 2016, 03:40:55 AM
Yuck. I don't like the thought of grinding 140K+ pet charms to upgrade my collection to Epic quality. I'm going to have enough problems grinding to PvP Level 50 to get a pet.

I note that most of the other folks responding to the tweet and the battle.net thread agree with me. But that won't necessarily stop Blizzard from doing it anyway.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 19, 2016, 04:29:53 AM
Yuck. I don't like the thought of grinding 140K+ pet charms to upgrade my collection to Epic quality. I'm going to have enough problems grinding to PvP Level 50 to get a pet.

I note that most of the other folks responding to the tweet and the battle.net thread agree with me. But that won't necessarily stop Blizzard from doing it anyway.


I wonder if wild capture pet will also be epic quality.

Edit at 200 a bag the /rng means 140K is the minimum you would need :(
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 19, 2016, 06:37:01 AM
At least they aren't soulbound (as reported by wowhead), so there'll be the opportunity to buy them on the AH. Problem is, that's where I get my raid-drop pets from. I'll keep up my garrison-grind for gold, but I'll probably start garrison-grinding the pet charms as well.

One more reason never to leave my garrison.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 20, 2016, 07:05:14 AM
Yuck. I don't like the thought of grinding 140K+ pet charms to upgrade my collection to Epic quality. I'm going to have enough problems grinding to PvP Level 50 to get a pet.

I note that most of the other folks responding to the tweet and the battle.net thread agree with me. But that won't necessarily stop Blizzard from doing it anyway.


I wonder if wild capture pet will also be epic quality.

Edit at 200 a bag the /rng means 140K is the minimum you would need :(

Or it could be less going by the bag text:

Deluxe Mystery Bag
Item Level 100
Binds when picked up
Use: Open the bag.
"Contains at least one random family battle-training stone."

Of course it does not state what quality the  at least one random family battle-training stone is...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 20, 2016, 07:11:37 AM
Yeah. *Sigh*.

I'm doing the daily pet battles in all three of my garrisons to build up the pet charms. I figure about 850+ charms a month is a start. And, of course, sending out followers on quests for cash; all of my followers now have the Treasure Hunter trait to maximize gold returned. I'll need that gold for pets and epic stones.

I'd level up more toons to get garrisons and pet menageries, but I don't have the time to do more three sets of dailies every day.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 20, 2016, 09:45:52 AM
Yeah. *Sigh*.

I'm doing the daily pet battles in all three of my garrisons to build up the pet charms. I figure about 850+ charms a month is a start. And, of course, sending out followers on quests for cash; all of my followers now have the Treasure Hunter trait to maximize gold returned. I'll need that gold for pets and epic stones.

I'd level up more toons to get garrisons and pet menageries, but I don't have the time to do more three sets of dailies every day.

I was thinking more a long the lines that you could get more than one stone from each bag.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 29, 2016, 11:55:54 AM
Epic pets are not happening

http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/20742364802?page=20#398

Quote
Hi everyone!

First and foremost, thank you very much for testing pet battles in the Legion Alpha. We’ve heard your concerns and have decided not to move forward with epic pet battle stones in Legion.

To explain a bit about how we arrived at this point--

When designing rewards for the new battle pet features in Legion and the revamped pet store in Dalaran, we considered epic stones a potential direction to go. Some players are nearing the cap of max-level, all-rare pet teams, and we wanted to see if this space would satisfy their needs for a long-term future level of investment.

You have correctly identified a few of the issues that come up with this feature:
New players now have a harder time catching up (though we could mitigate this by speeding up the early leveling process).
Players with 600+ rare pets that felt as if they were nearing completion of their pet journal are back to having 600+ pets to level.
Power Creep – older content is now easier, future content is harder for new players entering pet battles.


One of the things we like about pet battles is that much of the early content stays relevant through all of the expansions. Similarly, the collection aspect of battle pets works well when it’s wider (more pets to collect, more variety in abilities) rather than taller (more levels). Both of these are very good reasons to avoid adding epic pet stones.

This direction also pushes us to create content that tests max-level-pet-battlers in a way that is not purely numbers, but use of abilities, use of specific pets, and memorization of enemy strategies. The Celestial Tournament was a good example of pet battle content that rewarded a varied and filled pet stable. We have some exciting things in mind for future battles versus tamers!

It’s worth noting that this feature was not intended to replace any gameplay content. We’re working on all sorts of pet battle updates that we’d like to make in future patches.

Thanks again for all of your feedback. We really appreciate your great ideas and discussion!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 29, 2016, 01:29:04 PM
There is a god! Or a goddess. It's Cenarius. Or Elune. Or both.

Anyway, I'm glad to see that Epic pets are set aside for now (and, I hope, forever).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 24, 2016, 07:40:11 PM
Whoever would have thought that competitive WoW pet collecting would lead to a battle of nerves?

On Warcraftpet's list (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring) of Earthen Ring pet collections, I'm tied with Gemlore. I'm listed as #1 while Gemlore is listed as #2, even though our scores are the same, because the one who most recently achieved a given score is listed first.

I just received Overwatch and received the new pet. My first temptation to level up the Baby Ape max out my score. But what if Gemlore has done the same thing? If I rush to max my score, then all Gemlore has to do is wait and level up the pet after I do. Then I'd be #2 again.

I have no idea if Gemlore even cares about pet collecting anymore. Until I have some idea, I have to wait and resist the temptation to level up.

Of course, all of this will be irrelevant when Legion comes out. Then I'll have to start thinking about level up to 50 in PvP, saving up 1M gold, and all the other crazy things one must do to get every single pet in an expansion.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 25, 2016, 04:20:47 PM
Whoever would have thought that competitive WoW pet collecting would lead to a battle of nerves?

On Warcraftpet's list (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring) of Earthen Ring pet collections, I'm tied with Gemlore. I'm listed as #1 while Gemlore is listed as #2, even though our scores are the same, because the one who most recently achieved a given score is listed first.

I just received Overwatch and received the new pet. My first temptation to level up the Baby Ape max out my score. But what if Gemlore has done the same thing? If I rush to max my score, then all Gemlore has to do is wait and level up the pet after I do. Then I'd be #2 again.

I have no idea if Gemlore even cares about pet collecting anymore. Until I have some idea, I have to wait and resist the temptation to level up.

Of course, all of this will be irrelevant when Legion comes out. Then I'll have to start thinking about level up to 50 in PvP, saving up 1M gold, and all the other crazy things one must do to get every single pet in an expansion.

Or you look to see if Gemlore has the pet, or it could be list is in the order of who updated their pet collection most recenly?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 25, 2016, 06:23:01 PM
Andius is once again brilliant. I looked up Gemlore on battle.net, and found her: http://us.battle.net/wow/en/character/earthen-ring/Gemlore/pet#status=is-collected

(Now I can save myself jumping through some grammar hoops: I have no idea of the gender of Gemlore's player, but the character Gemlore is female. So now I can easily say:)

She definitely _does_ have the Baby Winston pet, and has leveled it to 11. There's no special reason to stop there; any experienced pet collector can level a pet to 25 within 15 minutes without using any pet battle stones or even bandages. So it's likely she's waiting for me to update my pet collection on warcraftpets.com first. (The warcraftpets.com lists only updates from the armory when you manually click a button on the site.)

The waiting game begins...

...or I'm creating some weird story in my head. Gemlore may not even care. Frankly, I don't have that much emotional investment in being the #1 pet collector on Earthen Ring. If Gemlore's player were to write me to ask to be at #1 again, I'd do it without even asking why. It's been a long and expensive road, and I'm proud of doing it, but I could let it go.

I just don't want to let it go through impatience. And so we wait.

To give credit where credit is due: Gemlore and I are tied at pet collecting, but Gemlore is a much better mount collector than I am or will ever be. I've got 164 mounts, Gemlore has 286.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on May 26, 2016, 01:54:06 AM
(Now I can save myself jumping through some grammar hoops: I have no idea of the gender of Gemlore's player, but the character Gemlore is female. So now I can easily say:)
Allow me to recommend the singular "they".  Not just for trans people anymore!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 26, 2016, 03:04:08 AM
Truth. I actually prefer when people use "they" to refer to me, because it makes it sounds like I've got more people around me than I actually do.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 26, 2016, 06:58:23 AM
Interestingly you both have are listed as number one on Earthen Ring and 249th in the world when you look at the profiles. Also you both have made one Comment and five Forum Posts /spooky!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Seniummortus on May 26, 2016, 08:16:38 AM
Interestingly you both have are listed as number one on Earthen Ring and 249th in the world when you look at the profiles. Also you both have made one Comment and five Forum Posts /spooky!

Confirmed Winston and Gemlore are the same person.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 26, 2016, 02:15:37 PM
I made a comment? I don't remember doing that. Unless it was when my Gemlore personality had control of my body.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 07, 2016, 09:13:57 PM
For what little it's worth, Gemlore's account has vanished from warcraftpets.com. Since there was no reason not to do so, I leveled Baby Winston up to 25 and updated my warcraftpets.com entry. At 747 pets, I'm firmly the #1 pet collector on Earthen Ring... for at least another couple of weeks.

The more paranoid part of me suggests that Gemlore might have left warcraftpets.com only to rejoin later after I've leveled my last pet. I decided that if Gemlore wants #1 that badly, I will not stand in her way.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 08, 2016, 04:08:24 AM
I heard about this before, but now I guess it's official: Blizzard is nerfing the "howl bomb" pet battle strategy. That's:

Start with Pandaren Water Spirit: Geyser, then Whirlpool
Switch to Chrominius: Howl, then Surge of Power

It produced one horkin' chunk of burst damage that was enough to take down many single-pet PvE battles. The nerf is to put Geyser and Whirlpool in the same skill slot for PWS, and for Howl to only work on the first attack within a round.

There's been player speculation as to why Blizzard did this; after all, pet battles are just a side game, and this strategy is useless in pet PvP. (The one time a player tried it on me, I just burrowed with my bunny.) My guess is that howl bomb made it too difficult for Blizzard to design PvE pet battles in Legion that would be any kind of challenge. (Though I found the Tanaan Jungle battles to be pretty challenging.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on July 08, 2016, 06:40:38 AM
There was a post about this a few months ago, which... I guess Google finds pretty easily: http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/20742124400
Quote
This is our first iteration at disarming the Howl Bomb strategy in PvE, which has proven to be very powerful in too many situations. The goal is to make PvE battles more interesting and encourage the use of a wide variety of pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 08, 2016, 01:56:50 PM
There was a post about this a few months ago, which... I guess Google finds pretty easily: http://us.battle.net/wow/en/forum/topic/20742124400
Quote
This is our first iteration at disarming the Howl Bomb strategy in PvE, which has proven to be very powerful in too many situations. The goal is to make PvE battles more interesting and encourage the use of a wide variety of pets.

I find it interesting they have nerfed every part of it and the way they have done it makes both pets a lot less useful.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 08, 2016, 04:29:37 PM
There are ways around it. If Blizzard insists that I need three Nexus Whelplings to fight a magical/flying creature, three Anubisheth Idols to fight Dragonkin or Critters, etc., then I'll just go out and get them. It will only become an issue if the number of pets in my collection plus the additional ones to deal with Legion tamers approaches 1000; I think that's the limit of the total number of pets you can have.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 10, 2016, 08:37:46 AM
There are ways around it. If Blizzard insists that I need three Nexus Whelplings to fight a magical/flying creature, three Anubisheth Idols to fight Dragonkin or Critters, etc., then I'll just go out and get them. It will only become an issue if the number of pets in my collection plus the additional ones to deal with Legion tamers approaches 1000; I think that's the limit of the total number of pets you can have.

This sort of approach is what discouraged me from pet battling for a long time. I have in my blue 25s a number of triples because at the time the only way to win some fights was to have three of certain pets. As the number of pets proliferated well past the number of skills this became less necessary - lots of pets are just the same as others but with different face-paint - and I slowly got back into things. But if they really do require three of X rare pet to beat some challenge then F that S.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 10, 2016, 01:53:37 PM
I'm hardly a pet battle expert; I got to #1 on ER by taking Andius' advice and reading strategies on warcraftpets and wowhead. But my impression is that Blizzard tries not to give rare pets unique skills (though the Unborn Val'kyr was OP for a while), or require players to buy pets with real-world cash to win battles (though many experts grumble about Blossoming Ancient). The "go-to" pets in my collection are all those that are relatively easy to get: There are plenty of Nexus Whelplings and Emerald Proto-Drakes; the Anubiseth Idol drops often enough in Ahn'Qiraj that I got mine in the second try; it doesn't take much pet battling in Pandaria before you get a Pandaren Water Spirit; the Mechanical Pandaren Dragonling merely requires you to know a friendly engineer.

If you look at the forums in warcraftpets.com, you'll see that people are already discussing ways to beat the Beasts of Fable, the Tanaan Jungle Legendaries, and the garrison menageries without the howl bomb strategy. Maybe it's just as well. Farming for Chrominius is tedious, since you pretty much need a second player along for the encounter that drops him, otherwise you'll have to be willing to pay AH prices (which is what I did). Nerfing the howl bomb strategy may mean that players won't feel compelled to go after that difficult drop.

If I'm honest, my comments on using three Anubiseth Idols (which I could probably replace with three fast Flayer Younglings, another easy-to-get pet) reflect my desire to get an individual pet battle over with as quickly as possible. It's possible to win a large number of pet battles, even against some legendaries, with a sub-optimal team given patience and a bit of luck with the RNG. It's definitely a grind (especially when going after some must-have pets like the Terrible Turnip), but by this point we're all used to grinds. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 11, 2016, 03:51:52 AM
Yes, grinding in pet battles was exactly what turned me off from doing it.  I do read the posted strats and at one point there were many top strats that said "get three of this pet; you need the following breeds..."  So I stopped.

On another note, am I the only one who finds it confusing that the top status bar for pet battles has your pet on the left but the actual battle field has you on the right? This thing plays holy hell with my minor dyslexia such that I almost always force the camera around to the other side.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 11, 2016, 04:04:18 AM
You know you can move the camera around during pet battles so the battlefield has whatever orientation you wish?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 13, 2016, 06:55:35 PM
This would have been incredibly useful when I was shopping for pets, and I know it will helpful during Legion. It's a web page that locates in the AH any pets you do NOT own:

http://petmagpie.altervista.org/ap.html
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 14, 2016, 06:27:14 AM
I use the "Auctioneer" add-on which adds a "usable item" checkbox to the AH UI. When you search for pets with this checkbox on, it only shows pets you have zero known.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Andraax on July 14, 2016, 10:40:37 AM
There are ways around it. If Blizzard insists that I need three Nexus Whelplings to fight a magical/flying creature, three Anubisheth Idols to fight Dragonkin or Critters, etc., then I'll just go out and get them. It will only become an issue if the number of pets in my collection plus the additional ones to deal with Legion tamers approaches 1000; I think that's the limit of the total number of pets you can have.

Blue post quoted in mmi-champion:

Pets and Pet Battles
Oh its alright, DMF is next week and Feasel and VonFeasel are both going down though. P.S. need > 1000 pet cap. Uniques * 3.
you can obtain an item that increases your pet cap in Legion ☆spoilers☆ (Muffins)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 18, 2016, 04:38:24 PM
I've closed out my garrison as best I can. Maybe I can squeeze out a bit more if I can login tomorrow between 6AM and 8AM. We'll see.

My current tally: ~5900 pet charms. That should be enough for the expansion (I think the Dalaran pet vendor will ask for 1700 pet charms for her new pets). However, if there's a fast way to grind out more pet charms in Legion, I'll do it. I have to anticipate that Blizzard may reconsider the Legendary pets issue in some future expansion.

Gold: 900K. Of course, it's not enough. There's going to a pet that costs 1M. Beyond that, I'll need gold to buy the pets that are rare boss drops in Legion. I also have a hope that the Thundering Serpent Hatchling, which I did not pick up when it was available (because I didn't pay attention to Andius) will become available via the BMAH; if it does, the bidding price will certainly escalate to the max possible (950K or so).

I hope there'll be a gold engine near the end-game in Legion the same as in WoD (garrisons) and MoP (churning out primal diamonds).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 18, 2016, 10:09:16 PM
I've closed out my garrison as best I can. Maybe I can squeeze out a bit more if I can login tomorrow between 6AM and 8AM. We'll see.

My current tally: ~5900 pet charms. That should be enough for the expansion (I think the Dalaran pet vendor will ask for 1700 pet charms for her new pets). However, if there's a fast way to grind out more pet charms in Legion, I'll do it. I have to anticipate that Blizzard may reconsider the Legendary pets issue in some future expansion.

Gold: 900K. Of course, it's not enough. There's going to a pet that costs 1M. Beyond that, I'll need gold to buy the pets that are rare boss drops in Legion. I also have a hope that the Thundering Serpent Hatchling, which I did not pick up when it was available (because I didn't pay attention to Andius) will become available via the BMAH; if it does, the bidding price will certainly escalate to the max possible (950K or so).

I hope there'll be a gold engine near the end-game in Legion the same as in WoD (garrisons) and MoP (churning out primal diamonds).

Except the gold cap will be just short of 10Million...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 19, 2016, 03:40:21 AM
I'm not worried about the 10M gold cap. As you can see from my plans, any gold I earn basically gets poured into pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 19, 2016, 06:28:36 AM
5900 pet charms?  Holy gadzooks. I'm still noodling at pet leveling and using charms to convert pets to blue quality. I expect my alts will be battling Erris for many months to come.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 19, 2016, 09:35:07 AM
If you look upthread, you'll find links to the sites I used to jumpstart pet leveling. In particular, look at the MoP trainer guides at warcraftpets.com. There's a nice guide that fights almost all the MoP trainers using just an Emerald Proto-Drake, the Anubiseth Idol, and your leveling pet. There's another guide that fights all the trainers, never using the same helper pets within a ten-minute interval, so you don't waste bandages.

Pandaria is the best place for mass pet leveling. You pick up lots of the battle-stones for turning your pets to blue, the pets get more XP per battle than in Draenor, and your toons get XP too (I leveled two alts from 90 to 100 solely through MoP pet battling). Plus you'll pick up Pandaren Spirit pets which auction for a decent amount, especially the Pandaren Water Spirit (though that's been nerfed, so its price will probably drop).

Save the pet charms for the vendors in your garrison and in Dalaran.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 19, 2016, 01:15:25 PM
I forgot to mention: If you need some pet upgrade stones, and they're not soulbound, just ask me. As you noted, I've got some pet charms to spare.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 19, 2016, 01:21:09 PM
I have some extra time today (a crane fell on the Tappan Zee Bridge, and I'm stuck in Westchester for a while). So I searched and found my post with the links to warcraftpets leveling tips for MoP:

http://www.deadlycupcakes.org/forums/index.php?topic=2820.msg48636;topicseen#msg48636
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 20, 2016, 05:31:50 AM
I don't remember if Marco mentioned this, so I'll mention it now: The pet-charm engine in the garrison menagerie has also been nerfed. I already 50% reduction in pet charms for the pet battle daily. What I did no know is that the garrison pet battle daily is now account-wide (which makes it consistent with the other pet trainer dailies). Previously each of my characters could do the daily pet battle and get the pet charms. No longer!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on July 20, 2016, 07:14:34 AM
I don't remember if Marco mentioned this, so I'll mention it now: The pet-charm engine in the garrison menagerie has also been nerfed. I already 50% reduction in pet charms for the pet battle daily. What I did no know is that the garrison pet battle daily is now account-wide (which makes it consistent with the other pet trainer dailies). Previously each of my characters could do the daily pet battle and get the pet charms. No longer!

Oh, wow.  I'm hoping this is in preparation for them adding per character pet charm generators in legion.

Also, there is a new spider per for sale in Dalaran.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 21, 2016, 06:41:49 AM
Quote
waste bandages

BWAHAHAHA *snorfle* I have probably north of a thousand, mostly because I'm too lazy to vendor anything that doesn't overflow a stack.

Thank you for the offer to level up pets. I don't actually have any reason to do it - I used to do it when it was fast and easy in garrisons and I was bored. I do have one never-leveled alt that's been sitting in the Pandaria starting zone forever. If I ever decide to level it then I might use this method.

But now I have 16 or 20 specs to re-learn, and try to figure out what I actually want to play. I'm sad they hard-nerfed the garrison token generation, but that's life.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 21, 2016, 12:50:37 PM
I don't remember if Marco mentioned this, so I'll mention it now: The pet-charm engine in the garrison menagerie has also been nerfed. I already 50% reduction in pet charms for the pet battle daily. What I did no know is that the garrison pet battle daily is now account-wide (which makes it consistent with the other pet trainer dailies). Previously each of my characters could do the daily pet battle and get the pet charms. No longer!

Odd thing the NPC show a blue still after the first one has done the quest but there is no quest to pick up :(
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 22, 2016, 05:43:18 AM
Odd thing the NPC show a blue still after the first one has done the quest but there is no quest to pick up :(

Keep trying alts.  My experience is "do it once" then the next character gets what you describe then the next alt can pick up and complete the quest again. Pre-reboot the pet was Stitches, which is one of the easy ones I do.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 22, 2016, 12:34:21 PM
The weekly WoD pet tramer fight is now correctly giving credit for all tamers on all your character. So you could do the 5 tamers on 5 different characters rather than needed to do 5 on one character.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 27, 2016, 11:53:30 AM
The weekly WoD pet tramer fight is now correctly giving credit for all tamers on all your character. So you could do the 5 tamers on 5 different characters rather than needed to do 5 on one character.

Or, you could log into three characters, get the weekly three times, beat one battlemaster per, and collect the tokens each time...

Just sayin'
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 16, 2016, 07:25:42 PM
Winston

Level that Nursey Spider, we need you to be back at number 1!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 16, 2016, 08:37:25 PM
To please Andius, I've reimported my pets into warcraftpets.com. I'm #1 again, even without leveling my new pets.

I'm going to put my emphasis on gathering the new Legion pets at first. Eventually, I'll send a toon around the Pandaria circuit again to level the new pets en masse.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 17, 2016, 05:01:51 AM
Nursery spider?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 17, 2016, 05:46:05 AM
It's a new pet you buy from Breanni in Dalaran.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Cree on August 28, 2016, 05:20:28 PM
http://www.darklegacycomics.com/536
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 28, 2016, 09:03:13 PM
http://www.darklegacycomics.com/536
I resemble that remark.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 30, 2016, 09:46:39 PM
To please Andius, I've reimported my pets into warcraftpets.com. I'm #1 again, even without leveling my new pets.

I'm going to put my emphasis on gathering the new Legion pets at first. Eventually, I'll send a toon around the Pandaria circuit again to level the new pets en masse.


Sadly no longer number one but on the bright side the new number one on earthen ring is also the number one world wide.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 31, 2016, 03:01:18 AM
The #1, Britehawk, accumulated 50 new pets in a single day. They deserve the honor. I, for one, have no intention of moving that fast. I don't know if I'll even login to Legion before the weekend.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 05, 2016, 06:32:04 PM
Andus, you've made it to #2! Congratulations!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 06, 2016, 02:19:48 AM
Andus, you've made it to #2! Congratulations!

Thank you only 17 more and I'm number one, the down side of that is I have not most of the easy ones.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 09, 2016, 01:07:23 AM
Oh, no. Another impossible pet I have to go hunting for. *Sigh*

http://www.ign.com/articles/2016/09/08/world-of-warcraft-players-go-looking-for-secrets-accidentally-unleash-world-eating-boss
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 13, 2016, 07:58:25 AM
Oh, no. Another impossible pet I have to go hunting for. *Sigh*

http://www.ign.com/articles/2016/09/08/world-of-warcraft-players-go-looking-for-secrets-accidentally-unleash-world-eating-boss

The pet is can be sold on the AH, was around 125K.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 13, 2016, 12:02:43 PM
Hopefully that price will come down over the next few months. I still don't have the 1M needed for that expensive pet.

I assume that there's no "gold engine" in Legion there way there was with WoD garrisons, and that the only way to earn gold in the long run is daily questing.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 13, 2016, 01:44:40 PM
Hopefully that price will come down over the next few months. I still don't have the 1M needed for that expensive pet.

I assume that there's no "gold engine" in Legion there way there was with WoD garrisons, and that the only way to earn gold in the long run is daily questing.

order halls can be a gold engine but no where near WoD levels and you need to go out a get resources rather than do missions or get given some each day.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 14, 2016, 05:16:43 AM
Andius is number one!

It's about time, too. I would have never made it to the #1 pet collector position on Earthen Ring (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring) if it wasn't for him. I gladly cede the position to the better player.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 14, 2016, 11:06:11 AM
Andius is number one!

It's about time, too. I would have never made it to the #1 pet collector position on Earthen Ring (http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/search/?region=US&realm=Earthen+Ring) if it wasn't for him. I gladly cede the position to the better player.

Thank you but I feel I'm only keeping the spot warm for you   8)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 15, 2016, 06:46:41 AM
Is anyone else finding that certain out-in-the-wild pets cannot be battled? They appear to have the correct designation, show as level 25, etc but when I mouse over them I don't get the pet battle cursor. It does not appear to be a location-specific bug since I can battle other types of pets right next to the untargetable ones.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 15, 2016, 06:52:54 AM
Is anyone else finding that certain out-in-the-wild pets cannot be battled? They appear to have the correct designation, show as level 25, etc but when I mouse over them I don't get the pet battle cursor. It does not appear to be a location-specific bug since I can battle other types of pets right next to the untargetable ones.

Can not say I have had that, is pet showing as a battle pet on the mini map?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 15, 2016, 06:55:52 AM
It would seem that Raiding with lease IV is coming in7.1 (from http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=16190)

The Pet seem to be.

Ulduar:
Ignis --Magma Rageling
Razorscale -- Ironbound Proto-whelp
Assembly of Iron -- Runeforged Serivtor
Auriaya -- Sanctum Cub
Hodir -- Winter Rageling
Freya -- Snaplasher
Mimiron -- G0-R41-0N Ultratonk
Yogg-Saron -- Creeping Tentacle

Trial of the Crusader:
Beasts of Northrend -- Dreadmaw
Beasts of Northrend -- Snobold Runt (not listed in the achievement but listed as coming from Icehowl, just like Dreadmaw)
Anub'Arak -- Nerubian Swarmer

Icecrown Citadel:
Marrowgar -- Boneshard
Saurfang -- Blood Boil
Putricide -- Blight Breath
Sindragosa -- Soulbroken Whelpling
Lich King -- Drudge Ghoul
Lich King -- Wicked Soul

Reward is a Celestial Invitation that starts a quest letting you pet battle Algalon. Reward for that seems to be Stardust, the celestial bunny.


Edit
 A link to a Wowhead page about it http://ptr.wowhead.com/achievement=11320/raiding-with-leashes-iv-wrath-of-the-lick-king

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 15, 2016, 08:20:27 AM
A reminder (because it's been a while): You can buy the necessary pets for the achievement at the AH, correct? These instances are still at their old levels, so it's possible to solo them at 110? Are there any encounters in those particular instances that are difficult to solo (I remember that final boss of Serpentshrine Cavern was quite difficult because of all the running around to break the boss' shields)?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 15, 2016, 08:21:55 AM
Is anyone else finding that certain out-in-the-wild pets cannot be battled? They appear to have the correct designation, show as level 25, etc but when I mouse over them I don't get the pet battle cursor. It does not appear to be a location-specific bug since I can battle other types of pets right next to the untargetable ones.

Can not say I have had that, is pet showing as a battle pet on the mini map?

I'll chime in to say that I've not had this problem either. I have seen pets marked on the mini-map that appeared to be embedded in terrain and unreachable, but so far they've been commonly-occurring pets and I haven't had problems finding them elsewhere.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 15, 2016, 06:51:13 PM
Gleamhoof Fawn in Val'shara is one that's been giving me fits.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 15, 2016, 07:47:37 PM
A reminder (because it's been a while): You can buy the necessary pets for the achievement at the AH, correct? These instances are still at their old levels, so it's possible to solo them at 110? Are there any encounters in those particular instances that are difficult to solo (I remember that final boss of Serpentshrine Cavern was quite difficult because of all the running around to break the boss' shields)?


I assume you would be able to cage them, as for tricky bosses Yogg-Saron is but only if you go for no watchers due to the insanity mechanic. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 16, 2016, 01:41:44 AM
Gleamhoof Fawn in Val'shara is one that's been giving me fits.
I picked that up the first day I played Legion. This issue seems unique to you. I echo Andius' question: Do you see the green paw on the minimap? Do you see the green paw when you mouse over it?

As I recall (and this is something I saw only for a few seconds before I right-clicked and started battling), the fawns gamboled together in a group and maybe not everyone in the group was a battle pet. Is it possible that you saw the green paw on the minimap but were actually mousing over a non-battle fawn?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 16, 2016, 06:12:19 AM
Yes, I see the green paw on the minimap. No I do not get the paw on mouseover of that particular pet though I do on other pets directly adjacent to them. I wonder if it's a mod. I'm using PetTracker and some pet battle mod that I can't check the exact name of right now.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Gori on September 16, 2016, 06:30:57 AM
The Urge to collect those all is there, but the actual drive to do so is less. I've farmed both Ulda and ICC so much for mounts I really am not looking forward to it again. That said, my pally does need to complete it's Mace/Shadowmorne...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on September 16, 2016, 07:16:54 AM
Yes, I see the green paw on the minimap. No I do not get the paw on mouseover of that particular pet though I do on other pets directly adjacent to them. I wonder if it's a mod. I'm using PetTracker and some pet battle mod that I can't check the exact name of right now.

I've had the same problem and spent 0 thought or effort on debugging it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 16, 2016, 08:13:03 AM
FWIW, the pet mods I use are:

Battle Pet Binds
Battle Pet BreedID
PetTracker
PetTracker Broker
Rematch

Assuming it's a mod issue (which no one has demonstrated, so it's a big assumption), you might try using the same combination of mods and see if it solves the problem for you.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 18, 2016, 08:09:51 PM
I tried disabling all pet add-ons and that didn't help. I was also unable to start the pet battle in Azsuna with the Woulded Azurewing Whelpling. I see the text "click to start a pet battle" but no joy.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 19, 2016, 03:44:14 AM
I tried disabling all pet add-ons and that didn't help. I was also unable to start the pet battle in Azsuna with the Woulded Azurewing Whelpling. I see the text "click to start a pet battle" but no joy.

It is a world quests, I assume you have world quests unlocked, but was that pet battle active the day you tried?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 19, 2016, 09:35:58 AM
I can't tell, I just got a character to 110.  Which leads me to discovering there's a new pet vendor in Dalaran who sells a lot of pets for charms not to mention the 1000-charm thingummy. What do you do to get charms now?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 19, 2016, 10:15:06 AM
I can't tell, I just got a character to 110.  Which leads me to discovering there's a new pet vendor in Dalaran who sells a lot of pets for charms not to mention the 1000-charm thingummy. What do you do to get charms now?

Some of the Pet battle world quests give charms, best I've seen is 18 for one battle.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 20, 2016, 12:30:42 PM
Gleamhoof Fawn in Val'shara is one that's been giving me fits.

I found them too, they indeed look like battle pets but are level 25 unable to start a pet battle and also not able to attack them either. Seems the mob is broken rather than being tagged for battle but also friendly. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 27, 2016, 12:08:33 PM
One step forward, two steps back:

- I got lucky, and happened to wander into the Dalaran Underbelly shortly after someone summoned the Young Mutant Warturles. I was able to capture one in a pet battle without any problems.

- I just learned that the pet you get from reaching PvP Prestige level 50 as Alliance (Alliance Enthusiast) is different from the pet from reaching 50 as Horde (Horde Fanatic). This means that to keep up with the pet collectors, I'm going to have to PvP to max twice.

Eventually I'll ask for advice on how to grind up to Prestige 50 efficiently. Right now I'm still maxing out my gear through non-instanced questing. When I get to the point that I don't think I'll get better gear through world quests, I'll start the long hard grind.

Hey, I survived PvP pet battles. I'll survive this. I reserve the right to whine and complain, as usual.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 30, 2016, 07:06:38 AM
Dream Whelpling now available


From this forum post http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=16215

With the opening of the Normal and Heroic Emerald Nightmare raid this pet is now available.

Dream Whelpling is indeed wild and only spawns after you've defeated Xavius. There are a few up, and they respawn after a short period.

It's unclear if they also spawn in LFR.

Happy collecting!

Going to give it a try now and update later with my findings
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 30, 2016, 12:08:40 PM
I'm crossing my fingers that this pet is available in LFR. What with having to gather 1M gold, having get PvP Prestige in both factions, and possibly becoming part of a raid, I'm thinking about giving up on the whole pet-collecting gig.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 30, 2016, 01:15:20 PM
The method works I just got my Dream Whelpling was easy. You do not need to have killed anything inside the raid instance, just do the pet battle in a cleared raid instance. There one up right now, I just got out of getting the pet.


Edit: Just got to the Custom group finder and search for dream.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 30, 2016, 02:18:01 PM
Whatever you found, it's gone now.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on September 30, 2016, 02:57:58 PM
When TRR is at the point of killing Xavius, we can certainly invite Winston into a cleared instance, although I bet you can find one in the group finder well before that.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 30, 2016, 05:42:19 PM
That's generous of you, Marco! Thanks!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 01, 2016, 03:11:38 PM
There may be a way for me to get Prestige in PvP while still remaining sane: the PvP World quests. I went to a couple of Warden's towers and that got me to Honor level 2. That won't last forever; the honor costs for level goes up with PvP level. Still, it's a way of grinding up points without worrying too much about my lack of twitch reflexes.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 14, 2016, 02:45:39 PM
Here is where I am in the saga of "PvP for pet collectors."

So far, the only PvP areas I've entered are the PvP world quests for the Warden's Towers. The goals are always the same (and are incorrectly listed in wowhead, BTW): Kill off a quota of enemy units expressed as a percentage scale (which can include players, though I haven't seen any as I'll detail below) and a boss at the top of the tower. These quests award 300 Honor, in addition to a world quest reward and faction rep.

As far as I can tell, different Warden Tower quests are assigned to the Horde and the Alliance. I base this on the messages I see in the LocalDefense channel; e.g., "Cordana's Apex is under attack" when the Cordana's Apex Warden's Tower quest is not visible on my map. Also, though I've seen Horde players when I've wandered into arena-style world PVP areas accidentally, I've never seen a Horde player at a Warden's Tower visible on my map as a world quest. This suits me just fine; it means I don't have to worry about competing with the Horde on those quests. If I did see a Horde player there, I'd scurry out as fast as my stubby legs would carry me; the only reason for a Horde player to be there is to maliciously gank the n00bs.

I can solo the Warden Tower quests, though it typically means a corpse run when I get to the top of the tower; it's rare that I can solo the three trash mobs on the top floor before the boss encounter. The simplest thing to do is run to the ledge outside, let them kill me, corpse run, then fight the boss solo on the outside ledge. If there is at least one other Alliance player around, then that's not necessary.

The amount of Honor it takes to go up one PvP rank is not stated correctly in wowhead http://www.wowhead.com/guides/pvp/legion (probably the numbers shown are the Beta values). Instead each rank within the range of the chart on that page requires an increasing amount of honor; e.g. it took me 650 Honor to get from rank 7 to 8, and 750 Honor to get from rank 9 to 10.

This is not an unreasonable grind; I've been through worse to get just one pet. It might get tedious; by the time I reach PvP rank 40, it might take five Warden's Tower world quests to go up one rank. So here's a question for you PvPers: assume that I start going into battlegrounds, and assume that I'm always on the losing side (because I'll be part of the team). In which battlegrounds would I reliably gain more than 300 Honor?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 18, 2016, 02:19:57 PM
I suppose this will not come as news to anyone who PvPs regularly. To continue documenting my voyage of never-ending discovery:

With this being Battleground Event Week, I decided to give LFG Random Battlegrounds a try. All three times I was put into Alterac Valley. Alliance won once, lost twice. But even with with worst loss, I still received a bit more than 300 Honor in about the same amount of time it takes to travel to a Warden Tower and solo it.

I feel like I'm making a contribution when I go in Healing spec. I still can't PvP worth a damn, but when I arrive at an encounter and Soothing Mist paints a nice target pointing at me, I'm instantly targeted by 1-5 Horde players. While they're fiddling with me, the other Alliance players have a chance to do something else.

The main negative is dealing with insults on the instance channel when your side is losing. Oh, well.

I'll still hit the Warden Towers, especially when they offer Legion faction rep or they count against the Emissary quest total.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 25, 2016, 02:22:03 PM
In DeadlyCupcakes chat a couple of hours ago, Kyttin asked to be named in my list of dedicated pet collectors. I acknowledged it at the time, but said something about only remembering names that were in warcraftpets.com. Well, my memory isn't what I thought it was. I just checked, and

Kyttin is Number One!

It's always special when a DCer has the title. Congrats to Kyttin on a hard-won honor.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Aviel on October 28, 2016, 09:31:27 AM
Anyone having issues with Pet Battles since patch? I tried today and my battle menus are bjorked BIG time. I turned off addons. No go.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on October 28, 2016, 10:53:41 PM
I haven't done pet battles "in the wild" since the patch, but I've done pet battles in my WoD garrison. I had no problems.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 01, 2016, 08:46:17 AM
They put in a new pet tamer in 7.1, in the Northern Barren (http://www.wowhead.com/quest=45083/crysas-flyers) rewards a Torn Sack of Pet Supplies which has a chance to contain a Albino Buzzard (http://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/flying/birds-of-prey/albino-buzzard/)

She is located on the bluff just northwest of Farwatch Post in the Northern Barrens (/way Northern Barrens 63.5 35.9).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 01, 2016, 11:24:01 AM
Yet another thing I have to do every day, in addition to visiting the PvP World Quest Warden's Towers, any pet-battle World Quests I haven't done, and any World Quest pet tamers so I can beat them with a new combination that's all the same breed. Of course, I also have to do the Emissary Quests for the Wardens, the Kirin Tor (for the Wardens rep), and for the Nightfallen (to complete the Suramar storylines to prep for flying).

Not to mention the weekly LK raids for Raiding with Leashes IV (or V, or VI, or whatever).

The pet grind is beginning to get to me...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 01, 2016, 11:39:43 AM
...and I just learned character boosts to 100 cost $60, so it will cost me as much to get the Shaman-only Order Hall Quest pet as it does to get a BlizzCon pet. *Sigh*

I'd add up how much real-world cash I've put into my pet collection, but I'm afraid the number would scare me.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on November 01, 2016, 02:50:43 PM
I'd add up how much real-world cash I've put into my pet collection, but I'm afraid the number would scare me.
That's why they call it "disposable income".
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 07, 2016, 06:03:04 AM
This morning one of my characters got a garrison... err, class hall quest for a pet. Is this new?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 07, 2016, 06:40:23 AM
No, it's not new. There are two class hall missions that award pets. Put everything you've got into doing that quest.

I have the pets from those quests (or will), but that will be from buying them at the AH. If you get one of those pets, you can keep it for your collection or sell it on the AH for 10K gold or so. (I may even be the one who buys it from you!)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 08, 2016, 06:29:03 AM
Winston I got mine which I am collecting but I'll happily give you any others I manage to generate.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 08, 2016, 07:23:44 AM
Thank you, that's most generous. The one I'm missing is Corgnelius from the mission "It's so FLUFFY". However, the AH price is pretty low, so I may give in and just get it, especially if I can solve the WoW Token problem I'm having. If I get Corgnelius from the AH, I'll let you know.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 13, 2016, 08:49:00 PM
I've purchased Corgnelius. If I get any of the Order Hall pet quests, I (like Snique) will be glad to pass the extra pet onto someone who doesn't have it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Honorata on November 13, 2016, 11:14:00 PM
Not sure how far along you are in your work toward PvP pets from Prestige, but as I've reached Prestige 1 (It took about 2 weeks of somewhat casual play), here are my recommendations:

* PvP world quests (towers) are the least PvP you can do and still get honor. There will be 3 up on any given day and each gives 300 Honor + gold, resources, or gear. The towers are easiest to do as a class that can stealth -- you only need to engage the two patrols on the stairs and can stealth past the others. Your Honor talents are effective against these NPCs, so if you're not doing actual PvP, talent for what works best against these NPCs. (Deep Roots was a great talent to pick up as a Druid for the bosses -- I could keep the boss rooted the whole time while DPSing it from afar.) If you can't stealth, there should be little barrels that you can pick up near most of the trash packs. Pick it up and use the extra action button to throw an explosive barrel at the mobs -- it will stun them and take off about a quarter to a third of their health.



* Free-for-all PvP World Quests. There will be one of these up at a time, and they respawn every 6 hours. They reward 500 Honor (+ whatever else). These are also tied to achievements which can award a mount (complete each WQ 20 times). These are "Free-for-all" PvP zones, where you will be flagged as attackable to anyone not in a party with you while you are in the WQ area (like using the Ordos items on Timeless Isle). These have a lot more PvP content than the other PvP WQs. The four zones are:

 - Operation Murloc Freedom (Azsuna) -- Kill players or naga/murloc slaves. You can also collect timelost artifacts to turn in to King Mrgl-Mrgl for extra honor while this is active. There is a summonable naga queen in the center who will put a highly damaging curse on everyone in range that can only be removed by attacking other players. Attacking another player who dies gives a lot of completion toward the WQ, so if you see people fighting, try to stay away from it, but if you can dot up whoever seems lowest health, you might get some good out of it.

 - Black Rook Hold Arena (Val'Sharah) -- I largely recommend skipping this one if you dislike PvP. The PvE objective option only spawns if no one else is in the arena, and otherwise you basically just have to fight other players. Player kills give really low percentage of completion as well. This isn't very efficient, and I would only recommend doing it if you're going for the achievement or really thirsty for the Honor, but this was more painful than random BGs or arenas to me by far.

 - Bareback Brawl (Stormheim) -- Fight animals to subdue them or kill players. After the mobs have submitted to you, you can mount them to get a special action button (each animal type gives a different ability, so check them out). I've run into a good amount of PvP doing this, but have been able to stealth around most of it. There appears to be an anti-camping mechanic here at least (you get a ten minute "you don't give marks of prey" debuff when you are killed in PvP here.) The animals don't have a lot of health and there are lots of spawns so this one is pretty fast.

 - Dark Brul Arena (Highmountain) -- This is in a kind of tricky to get to cave. You may need to look up how to get there. I recommend some sort of slowfall ability to get to the bottom if you don't want to go through a maze of tunnels to fight the featherstones. Down below is an "arena" with lots of line of sight pillars, tons of berserking/restoration buff items, and some smoke to hide in to recuperate. PvE mobs are elites that throw rocks. If you get hit by the rocks, they stun you and do a lot of damage, but these mobs don't melee (at least if you attack at range), so if you can dodge the rocks, you're good.  This one is such a pain to get to, I'm usually the only one there, although I have run into some PvP here once or twice.



* Random Battlegrounds -- You get an extra 300 honor and an AP item for your first random win of the day (you also get a bonus 150 honor and a smaller AP item from future random wins), so that may be worth it for you, but not all BGs are the same amount of Honor, or the same likelihood of winning. You can blacklist two battlegrounds from your queue by clicking the little die on the page you queue from.

Recommended battlegrounds to blacklist:
- As Horde, traditionally you'll want to blacklist Isle of Conquest and Alterac Valley, although Horde has been doing much better in AV of late, and even a loss in AV/IoC is a pretty hefty chunk of honor, so ymmv. Horde doesn't have another map it does really poorly on.
- As Alliance, in my experience, you'll want to blacklist Silvershard Mines and Battle for Gilneas.

However, you can also use the blacklist just to blacklist a type of map you don't like -- for example, I usually have Strand of the Ancients blacklisted because I don't like the map style. You may want to blacklist some of the 10v10 maps if you're newer to PvP or not as sure about your character.

You can also queue for specific random battlegrounds. You won't get the bonuses from the random queue (it's a "Random BG" in that you're matched randomly and it's not rated.), but you can still get good Honor. Even if you lose, both Alterac Valley and Isle of Conquest usually have pretty good Honor payouts. They're also both 40v40, so you can sort of hang back and move with the crowd if you don't really know what you're doing.



* Ashran. Ashran still exists! Honor gains in here are okay, and it has the same 40v40 benefits you see in AV and IOC. Honor gains are somewhat slower, and you get much less gear and AP for your efforts. That said, I've queued into two Ashrans in Legion and neither were particularly lopsided, so it was a lot of fun.



* Arena Skirmishes. These are basically non-rated arenas (2v2 or 3v3, I don't think you can choose which unless you want to do 3v3 and queue as a group). You can queue for them solo or in an appropriate sized group. These are definitely games where you'd want to know how to play your character in PvP. They're very fast, though, and supposedly when it's skirmish bonus week, these honor gains in here are faster than random BGs.

* Rated battlegrounds and arenas. If you don't like PvP, avoid these. They can both be a lot of fun with friends and a good group focused on learning and improving your PvP play, but can be very frustrating, especially early on when you're learning, don't have all your talents, and are still falling to the correct rating.



** My personal to-do is to log on, do all the PvP WQs that are up, then queue for random BGs until I get my first win of the day, or until I've done X number of BGs and am like "This is it. this is enough."**
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 14, 2016, 03:36:10 AM
Thanks for the tips, Honorata! My PvP experience so far:

- The Warden's Tower World Quests: I do those daily. Apart from one bad experience, I don't see Horde players there. 900 Honor per day is all I can expect from this, of course. At this point, with my various Artifact and Honor talents, these aren't difficult; they're just time-consuming to get to and tedious as most grindy things are.

- The Free-for-all PvP World Quests: avoid, avoid, avoid. I'm just a target in those.

- Random Battlegrounds: As Alliance, I've been in three winning Battlegrounds. All three were just after a server reset on Tuesday. Every one since then has been a loss for the Alliance, with minimal Honor returns. I haven't been in AV since Legion started. Of the two IoCs (in which I was randomly queued), one was a win for the Alliance (one of those three wins I mentioned), and one was a loss. Frankly, the random battlegrounds are a waste of time for me.

I may try queuing for AV separately, if that's possible, and see how much Honor that gives me.

Right now, after about 3-4 weeks of Warden's Tower quests, I'm at Honor Level 38. Obviously I'm not going up as fast as you can, but it's a steady upward grind instead of an exercise in frustration. At some point I'll level my Horde toon to 110 and PvP with him to get the Horde Fanatic pet; the random battlegrounds will be a more viable option.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 17, 2016, 04:35:50 PM
I'm probably the last to find this, but still... if you do the WoW 14th anniversary quest you get taken to a guy in SW library who gives you 19 gold, a pop quiz (multiple choice, worth 25 timewarped badgers if you get it right) and sells a Corgi pet for 200 badgers.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 17, 2016, 05:49:51 PM
I'm probably the last to find this, but still... if you do the WoW 14th anniversary quest you get taken to a guy in SW library who gives you 19 gold, a pop quiz (multiple choice, worth 25 timewarped badgers if you get it right) and sells a Corgi pet for 200 badgers.

Where did the last 2 years go, seemed like only yesterday that it was the 12th anniversary :P
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 19, 2016, 06:57:33 AM
Oh.  Ha ha. I typo'ed.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 23, 2016, 12:00:17 PM
New Archaeology quest series  Out of the Frying Pan gives the pet Wyrmy Tunkins.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 24, 2016, 04:04:52 AM
As annoying as Archeology can be, this is actually a very easy quest to do. You don't need a high Archeology skill; Yungi started the quest with 225. It's all set in Azsuna. How many sites you'll have to visit depends on the RNG, but I only had to visit four. It took about 20-30 minutes.

Compared to Lagan, this is nothing. Just do it!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Tweed on November 24, 2016, 05:57:09 PM
As annoying as Archeology can be, this is actually a very easy quest to do. You don't need a high Archeology skill; Yungi started the quest with 225. It's all set in Azsuna. How many sites you'll have to visit depends on the RNG, but I only had to visit four. It took about 20-30 minutes.

Compared to Lagan, this is nothing. Just do it!

Yeah, this quest is bullshit and it can suck my balls. I've cleared like 10 dig sites and I have 4 fragments. Three of those dig sites were on the island with the Wardens and the elite demons, so that was super fun. I've gone from 700 arch skill to, uh, 770? 780? Almost at the cap, anyway.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 24, 2016, 06:46:03 PM
Andius, Celsia, and I didn't have that problem. So I think you bit the fuzzy end of the RNG lollipop stick.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on November 25, 2016, 10:38:46 AM
Andius, Celsia, and I didn't have that problem. So I think you bit the fuzzy end of the RNG lollipop stick.

Mine was not as quick as yours, I think 14 or so (took 3 dps dungeon queues). I think around 5 of them on the wardens isle, the south site was easy to clear the wanders as a hunter, the north one I dodged the adds. With 3 dig sites in the zone and only 2 places on the wardens isle you do not have to do them down there.

It was not uncommon to get more than one per dig site, then none on the next few. The RNG sucks but at least once you are  done the pet is guaranteed and it is not a chance out of a bag.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 26, 2016, 02:18:24 AM
I got really, really lucky and had an Eye of Inquisition drop after only about a total of about an hour of farming Felsoul Inquisitors (split over a dozen circuits of Felsoul Hold, one for each time I visited). At least that's over!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on November 26, 2016, 08:28:36 AM
The archaeology quest took me six dig sites.  Some of the previous ones took me much longer--particularly the one that rewarded the Starlight Beacon, and the one that rewarded the 5000g trash item in Suramar.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on November 26, 2016, 09:53:44 AM
Took me 8 dig sites. 

Edit:  5 of the 10 fragments came from the little adds that spawn and give extra artifact pieces.  So I could see this being super RNG dependent.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Tweed on November 26, 2016, 12:12:27 PM
I gave up. Wound up doing 15 dig sites, got 5 fragments. Figured I must be doing something wrong, but in any event no vanity pet is worth dodging elite demons while leveling up a useless flavor profession.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on November 28, 2016, 09:10:39 AM
As a Thanksgiving weekend present to myself, I created a shaman toon, boosted it to Level 100, and picked up the Snowfang pet.

When you boost a character, you have to go through the skill intro (interesting, but incomplete), the tedious and cinematic-filled intro Broken Isles scenario, then fiddling quests until you can finally get Dalaran to the Broken Isles. Then there are the Order Hall quests to get your Artifact Weapon and be proclaimed high muckity-muck of your Order Hall.

I went through that in the trial mode for the 100 boost. But just before you can do anything useful in your Order Hall, you're told that you have to formalize the boost, ending the trial. Right after you click that, the Snowfang pet battle is right there. *Sigh*

As a further attempt to boost my morale, I boosted my neglected Druid to 100. I chose Feral, since I was used to DPS with my Monk. This may have been a mistake. I don't have problems with one-on-one battles, but when I'm facing two or more important I'm mincemeat. I'll read the Icy Veins write-up, but Ghoselle should not be surprised if I ask her for hints.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on November 28, 2016, 10:07:51 AM
As a further attempt to boost my morale, I boosted my neglected Druid to 100. I chose Feral, since I was used to DPS with my Monk. This may have been a mistake. I don't have problems with one-on-one battles, but when I'm facing two or more important I'm mincemeat. I'll read the Icy Veins write-up, but Ghoselle should not be surprised if I ask her for hints.

Ghoselle loves helping other druids.  With that said, I preferred leveling in Bear over Cat basically for that reason.  You might be able to do clever things with rooting one, moving out of melee range of it and then killing the other.  And remember if you are a night elf you have shadowmeld - so you can often reset a situation back to being a single mob (it often helps to move a bit away before meld'ing so that the mobs don't reset on top of you).    For Bear, I like the moonfire talent -- and then not infrequently pull an extra mob or three to make use of all of bear's AoE (most bear moves are aoe). I may not kill a single mob as fast as a cat, but I probably kill 4 mobs pretty close to as fast as cat by pulling them at once.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on November 28, 2016, 10:18:41 AM
I took my feral main all the way from leveling as feral to being part of a weekly clear of heroic EN. That said, my DPS is often lowest on the chart, or at least in the lowest quartile. I'll try not to blow up or derail the pet battle thread with this, so quickly:

+1 for leveling as bear. I love to tank and wish I'd leveled as bear so I could get practice at it. Another +1 for root it, move away.

A typical druid talent (can't check the exact name from work right now) lets your melee attacks work at 10-yard range. Combined with constant slow on the mobs this makes kiting stupid easy. I rarely needed to root things, but I often ran them around in circles. Keep your HOT running. It's sub-optimal DPS but who cares. Fighter chow increases your out-of-combat regen by something like 100x so if you can get even a few seconds' break you're back at full.

Shadowmeld is for when you go "oh, sh*t, remember to check for the 'elite' keyword before pouncing." That said, if you go shadowmeld->stealth kitty it's one keypress and you never become visible in between.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Tweed on November 28, 2016, 01:29:17 PM
To wrap up the epic saga that was the Wyrmy Tunkins archaeology pet: I got him. Something is seriously off with that quest, though. I ultimately leveled archaeology up from 700 to about 790 just doing this quest; took me about three hours total. I had given up, but today I decided to keep trying while queuing for battlegrounds and during one of the dig sites, I kept getting attacked by like these demonic artifact scavengers every time I dug up some fragments. The scavengers each dropped a piece of the machine, so I wound up getting the last 6 of them from those dudes, rather than digging them up. Super weird.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 09, 2016, 08:08:35 PM
Just learned that there will be three new pets introduced in 7.1.5. Two are from a vendor connected to the MoP Timewalking. One is Trashy, which apparently is bought from some foo acquired via fishing.

*Sigh* Just when I thought I was getting a handle on the whole pet-collecting deal.

How do Timewalking dungeons and related vendors work? Will I have to grind Timewalking dungeons to build up currency to purchase these new pets?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 09, 2016, 08:41:02 PM
Timewalking events happen every other week or so, and are specific to a particular expansion.  The rewards available are specific to the current flavor, but the currency (Timewarped Badges) is shared.  There is a quest to do five of them, but you don't necessarily care about that.  The first timewalking dungeon you do per event per character drops a token which awards 500 badges.  The dungeons themselves only net about 20 badges, although you can get an extra 50 for healing or tanking sometimes (when there's a satchel reward).  Currency is character-bound; while it's useful to do one timewalking dungeon on several characters to get multiple 500-badge tokens, that won't accelerate your progress towards a single expensive reward.

It looks like there are two pets for 2200 each, so you probably want to try to do one timewalking dungeon per event on two characters as they come up.  When the fourth event happens you should have enough currency to buy the pets, although you'll then have to wait until a Mists timewalking event to actually buy them.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 10, 2016, 02:47:12 AM
Thanks, Marco. What character level or gear level are required for the Timewalking dungeons? How challenging are they, bearing in mind that I've forgotten the strats for any of the pre-Cata instances and haven't really instanced since then?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 10, 2016, 04:30:13 AM
Wowhead a nice article on timewalking dungeons (http://www.wowhead.com/timewalking) which lists the level you need for each version. It has not been updated for Mists but I would assume you would need to be 91 for it (max level of the expansion plus 1).

Has for how hard that all depends on how much they scale your gear down to.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 10, 2016, 07:32:50 AM
Usually I have a pretty easy time in timewalking dungeons, but not always.  They're not so easy that you can overpull trash or ignore every boss mechanic, but the boss fights are often easy enough that you can ignore some mechanics.  It also depends a lot on how much DPS the party is doing; although everyone's gear is scaled to a similar level, actual DPS output can vary quite a bit.  If you're healing, the tank will likely need more attention than you are used to in other kinds of dungeon runs.

If you're doing Wrath timewalking and you get Pit of Saron, expect a more difficult time than in other instances.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 10, 2016, 08:56:25 AM
This is easier than I thought it was, since a toon doesn't have to be 110 to participate in timewalking dungeons. I can send in Winston (since I'm used to DPSing as Affliction) even though he's 105.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 11, 2016, 04:12:23 PM
Where do you start the quest for Wyrmy Tunkins? WoWhead was less useful than I'd hoped.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 11, 2016, 06:55:16 PM
It's a specific archeology quest ("Out of the Frying Pan") from the Archeology Trainer in Dalaran. The archeology quest offered changes once every couple of weeks, so you may have to wait until it cycles around again. (You can also buy Wyrmy on the AH if someone is willing to sell.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 11, 2016, 07:39:22 PM
Oh gods, i just stumbled across Conjurer Margoss and of COURSE he has a pet too...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 12, 2016, 04:21:23 AM
He will have TWO pets after 7.1.5; the second one will be Trashy. I started fishing on the island yesterday with Winston (the only human toon I have). I spent about half an hour, and got half-way through the initial "Stranger" level of reputation with Conjurer Margoss. Since there are five reputation levels, that works out to five hours of grinding for the foo before you can get both pets.

As pet grinds go, it's not the worst nor hardest I've done. (I'm seriously freaking out over Poor Unfortunate Souls, but one challenge at a time...)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 12, 2016, 06:33:38 AM
He will have TWO pets after 7.1.5; the second one will be Trashy. I started fishing on the island yesterday with Winston (the only human toon I have). I spent about half an hour, and got half-way through the initial "Stranger" level of reputation with Conjurer Margoss. Since there are five reputation levels, that works out to five hours of grinding for the foo before you can get both pets.

As pet grinds go, it's not the worst nor hardest I've done. (I'm seriously freaking out over Poor Unfortunate Souls, but one challenge at a time...)

I assume you are using the group finder to find a group doing it?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 12, 2016, 08:04:07 AM
I didn't bother. If I understand correctly, the main reason to group up is to get the summoning item for the water elemental more frequently. I wanted to see what it wold be like to solo this grind. The next time I have an hour or two to spend fishing, I'll probably group up.

For Snique and anyone else who wants to pursue this: What Andius and I are talking about is the Mote of Aquos (spelling?), which you can rarely fish from the same lake that supplies the Drowned Mana currency. Activating this mote summons an easy-to-defeat elemental. Once it dies, there's a sparkly buff that lasts a couple of minutes; during that time you'll get Drowned Mana during every single fishing cast. If you team up with a group, the odds that someone will get the Mote will go up, and thus there'll be more times for the buff to be active.

Don't use the Mote while the buff is active, because they don't add and you force folks to battle the elemental when they'd rather be fishing up Drowned Mana.

Also note: The Drowned Mana (and I hope I'm remembering its name correctly) stacks at Unique (100), which means once you have 100 in your bags you can't collect any more. It's a good idea to turn them in once you've got 20-40, rather than risk filling up.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 12, 2016, 12:27:53 PM
Yeah, I figured all that out. I did manage to get a drowned mana and soloed the elemental.

I suspect I could do this in stages while sitting in queue for things like timewalking dungeons, but that would mean having easy ways to get to/from the island. Having to go into the underbelly, deal with the pvp jerks, and fish up one of those is a big discouragement.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 12, 2016, 12:53:42 PM
Buy a few gliders from the AH, or make them if you have an engineer toon. Go to the gap in the Dalaran wall, located where the pet challenge is (to the right of the Violet Citadel). Glide to the island.

Since I'm planning to take Winston into Timewalking dungeons at some point, I think I'll copy your strategy.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 13, 2016, 06:13:35 AM
Oh, interesting. I'll try the glider thing. Snique is an engineer.  If any cupcakes need glider packs just send me an in-game mail and I'll send you some.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 13, 2016, 07:44:32 AM
If you're an engineer, definitely tinker a goblin glider onto your cloak (it stacks with cloak enchants) and abuse it as much as possible.  You can get to almost anywhere in Azsuna from Dalaran with a glider, as well as parts of Suramar.  In patch 7.2 it will probably also come in handy getting to places on the broken shore until we earn flying.

(The kite toy unfortunately breaks when flying over the great sea, so it's not as useful from Dalaran.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 14, 2016, 07:27:24 AM
I've used goblin gliders and the glider cloak from elsewhere but it never occurred to me to jump off Dalaran with it. It has something like a two-minute duration, right? (I can't check at the moment) and I'd be afraid of being too high up when it expired.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 14, 2016, 07:36:46 AM
Yes; gliders last two minutes and the kite lasts one minute, which would be another problem with using the kite from Dalaran if it didn't break in the great sea.  Two minutes should be enough to make it to ground; after one minute you might still be in the air depending on where you're going.

(My engineer is also a DH, so I often break the glider, fall, and switch to gliding near the ground.  That option can also work for priests and mages and balance druids, but obviously not everyone.  I think the kite shares a cooldown with the glider, so you can't use it as a second brake on falling.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Thanamira on December 14, 2016, 11:11:58 AM
Having to go into the underbelly, deal with the pvp jerks

If I'm thinking of the right thing (not at all a given), there's an NPC near the Underbelly entrance.  For some trivial fee (5g?), you can hire an NPC bodyguard, which I think means you don't get flagged walking around.  Lasts 5 mins or something.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 14, 2016, 11:55:52 AM
Having to go into the underbelly, deal with the pvp jerks

If I'm thinking of the right thing (not at all a given), there's an NPC near the Underbelly entrance.  For some trivial fee (5g?), you can hire an NPC bodyguard, which I think means you don't get flagged walking around.  Lasts 5 mins or something.

Yes you are correct, you have to enter from the entrance just down from the flight platform. The Npc is down the two flights of stairs in a hut to the right in the sanctuary area.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 14, 2016, 12:03:23 PM
Yes; gliders last two minutes and the kite lasts one minute, which would be another problem with using the kite from Dalaran if it didn't break in the great sea.  Two minutes should be enough to make it to ground; after one minute you might still be in the air depending on where you're going.

(My engineer is also a DH, so I often break the glider, fall, and switch to gliding near the ground.  That option can also work for priests and mages and balance druids, but obviously not everyone.  I think the kite shares a cooldown with the glider, so you can't use it as a second brake on falling.)
Hunters can also disengage when they are close to the ground. You have to time it right, too late and you have hit the ground and too early and the fall kills you.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 15, 2016, 11:23:08 AM
Last I checked, all druids can enter Balance form (with a ?3? minute cooldown I think) and in that form can learn/use the "Flap" ability which is kind of a slowfall. I tried using this when my druid was going for that godawful moose-chase quest but it never worked right for me.

(I realize this is a massive digression from the nominal thread topic; mods feel free to split as desired.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 24, 2016, 04:17:53 AM
I have a character with 1 million gold (Theadora) parked at the Wonderworks in Dalaran, waiting for the Mad Merchant. If any folks happen to learn that he's there, would you please let me know?

The reverse is true: If you 'd like to be notified if I happen to spot good ol' MM, please let me know.

In case it's not clear, the Mad Merchant sells a pet, a mount, a toy, and a 34-slot bag at prices that are, in fact, insane: http://www.wowhead.com/npc=108468/the-mad-merchant#comments
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 25, 2016, 05:19:59 PM
In the unlikely event that someone constantly monitors these boards: The Mad Merchant is in the Wonderworks in Dalaran at the instant I'm typing this. I've purchased the pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 26, 2016, 08:18:51 AM
I'd like to organize a party to get the Poor Unfortunate Souls achievement, which awards a pet, Lagan: http://www.wowhead.com/achievement=10412/poor-unfortunate-souls#comments

You can check the link, but basically this achievement requires Heroic Black Rook Hold, followed immediately by Mythic Maw of Souls, all without any member of the party dying. If just one dies, everyone has to start over.

Tayllore, the Guildmaster of the Explorers of Evermoore, is available to join me the afternoon of Sunday, January 1. A new hard-to-get uncagable pet is a fine way to start the new calendar year. Is anyone else interested? Or perhaps Monday January 2, if you have off that day?

I should add: This achievement is required for the Glory of the Legion Hero achievement, which awards a mount. So this adventure is of value to both pet and mount collectors.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 26, 2016, 11:52:01 AM
I would love to bring Andius.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 27, 2016, 07:53:03 AM
I'm willing to bring Dee, who is heroic-raid-level geared.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 27, 2016, 09:16:43 AM
There are 44 characters named Dee in WoW's database, but none on Earthen Ring. So I have to ask: what's Dee's class?

I know Andius is a Hunter; Tayllore is a Mage. Yungi can pretend to DPS or Heal. So we've got one more slot to fill.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 28, 2016, 10:56:28 AM
Sorry, "Dee" is Mirandee, my druid.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 28, 2016, 12:33:58 PM
The WoW database shows Mirandee as Feral, but I assume you can tank as well. If not, we'll have to find one.

Ghoselle? You collect pets. Surely you want a new pet eel for your very own.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 28, 2016, 12:53:41 PM
I can TRY tanking but I've not done it beyond the target dummies so the whole "not dying" thing might be at risk with me tanking. That said, if the choices are "Dee tanks" or "hope for a PUG tank that won't hose us", Dee will tank.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 28, 2016, 01:33:39 PM
Then it looks like I'm going to heal. Healing is easy. You just cast Life Cocoon on the tank once in a while to make everyone think you understand the fight mechanics well enough to anticipate damage.

Seriously, I'm going to try to go on at least one LFG Heroic of each instance before Sunday to help me understand what's going on.

So we need a tank. Would everyone please look at the best tanks in their raiding group and make big sorrowful pity eyes at them?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 30, 2016, 01:41:44 PM
For the PUS (Poor Unfortunate Souls) run, Tayllore tells me he's available around noon on Sunday. Does that work for everyone else?

We still need a tank.

According to wowhead, this is a tough challenge. If anyone would like me to pick up consumables for their class, please let me know.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 01, 2017, 08:35:40 AM
So the PUS run didn't happen. Let's see if we can find a better time. Picking something at random, how about Sunday Jan 8 at 1PM? What say you all

As an incentive: Winston has fishing 800 and is Best Friends with Conjurer Margossa. For anyone on the PUS run, I'll offer them a choice of a Sting Ray Pup, or an IOU for Trashy when 7.1.5 comes out.

This delay will give me a chance at a couple more rehearsals of both instances. I may even go insane, pick up the Brewmaster artifact, and see if I can learn how to tank before next weekend.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 01, 2017, 10:39:40 AM
So the PUS run didn't happen. Let's see if we can find a better time. Picking something at random, how about Sunday Jan 8 at 1PM? What say you all

As an incentive: Winston has fishing 800 and is Best Friends with Conjurer Margossa. For anyone on the PUS run, I'll offer them a choice of a Sting Ray Pup, or an IOU for Trashy when 7.1.5 comes out.

This delay will give me a chance at a couple more rehearsals of both instances. I may even go insane, pick up the Brewmaster artifact, and see if I can learn how to tank before next weekend.

2PM would be a better time for me.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 02, 2017, 01:55:36 PM
I appreciate the bribes but I'm busy all day that day. Won't be home until evening/dinner time.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 02, 2017, 03:34:51 PM
I'm contemplating setting up a Doodle poll for this. How do the raid groups organize achievement like this one?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 03, 2017, 11:31:42 AM
Here's the link to a Doodle poll to schedule a Poor Unfortunate Souls run: http://doodle.com/poll/9smar5hvmhx8pcns

Yeah, I know some folks hate Doodle. This forum doesn't have a scheduling feature like it, so let's see if we can make Doodle work for us.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 06, 2017, 10:58:16 AM
I'm "calling a wipe" on this attempt to form a Poor Unfortunate Souls run. We're just not hitting the number of players needed, nor experience in the roles required.

If anyone else would like to form such a run, please do so and count me as interested.

I'm going to continue to learn how to tank as Brewmaster, with the goal of becoming as good an tank as I am a healer. This is not a high bar, so I'm confident I can do it. Hopefully, this will put me a position to be a tank, DPS, or healer in any PUS runs that are scheduled in the future.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 07, 2017, 08:02:00 AM
Kyttin is not on these boards, but a DCer is a DCer, so:

Kyttin is number one!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 14, 2017, 06:00:01 AM
There's a new pet in 7.1.5 that I had not known about until today: Tylerr Gronnden, a pet that can be purchased for 500g (minus faction discount) from the Brawler's Guild once you've achieve rank 3.

Since Brawler's Guild invites and rank were reset for 7.1.5, I had to start from scratch. I farmed the elites in Shield's Rest in Stormheim to get the invitation, and tried a fight or two. They're kind of tough for a Mistweaver; when I last fiddled with the Brawler's Guild, I did so as my warlock. Still, you only have to get to rank 3 (for Clock'Em I think I had to get to Rank 4).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 15, 2017, 11:05:59 AM
Trashy turns out to be unique, uncageable, and soulbound. I'd love to be able to fish this up for my fellow DC pet collectors, but I can't. The only way to get this pet is to get to Best Friend rep with Conjurer Margoss.

This is not all that big a grind, compared to many I've dealt with as a pet collector. You don't need a good Fishing skill, just a gilder and some patience.

I have purchased four Sting Ray Pups, as rewards in case we ever manage to get that PUS run organized.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 17, 2017, 08:22:17 PM
A discussion on warcraftpets.com: http://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?t=16485

TLDR: The speculation is that the two datamined-and-unreleased Prestige PvP pets will be rewards for reaching Prestige Rank 7. 

This means that pet-collector types have a lot of PvP in their future. Fortunately, there's a solution: a mod called World Quest Group Finder https://mods.curse.com/addons/wow/worldquestgroupfinder

You go to a Warden's Tower or FFA area, click on the WQGF button, and within a minute you're grouped up with other people on the same quest. So far, in a party, I've completed those quests in about 3-5 minutes each. So you can get 1400 honor per day on both my Alliance and Horde alt in about half an hour, with most of that being the travel time between the quests.

Pro tip: Do not leave the party (even though WQGF will prompt you to do so) until after you've whistled for a ride. If you quit the party in the middle of a PvP zone, you're likely to find yourself back on Earthen Ring surrounded by a bunch of unfriendly NPCs (or worse, unfriendly PCs).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 18, 2017, 06:05:02 AM
I hope it is not Prestige 7 for the other pets was hoping to stop PvPing on my horde alt once I get the first Prestige.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 18, 2017, 06:48:32 AM
If you believe wowhead, unfortunately it looks the new PvP prestige pets are in fact awarded at rank 7: http://www.wowhead.com/legion-season-2-pvp-and-prestige-rewards

In that warcraftpets.com discussion I linked to, more than one pet collector is thinking of getting out of the hobby because of this grind. I'm not sure how much honor it takes for one prestige rank (the wowhead numbers are not quite accurate), but I saw one estimate of 50,000 honor. 50,000 honor / 1400 honor per day (from using WQGF) equals about 36 days for one prestige rank (which roughly agrees with my experience). Repeat seven times, and that's a total of 250 days.

Obviously, if you're part of winning battleground teams, it goes much faster. That category does not include me.

Therefore, the grind for these two pets is the most epic pet grind that Blizzard has ever included in the game, dwarfing the Family Familiar achievement.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 22, 2017, 09:21:56 AM
Pets in 7.2

 Scraps
 Unholy Whelpling
 Frost Whelpling
 Blood Whelpling
 Young Venomfang - from the Pet Battle Dungeon reward  Damp Pet Supplies
 Cavern Moccasin - from the Pet Battle Dungeon reward  Damp Pet Supplies
 Everliving Spore - from the Pet Battle Dungeon reward  Damp Pet Supplies
 Crackers - Rogue Order Hall.


So another alt for people to level up!, plus reason to run the Pet Battle Dungeons lots...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 22, 2017, 12:38:26 PM
Crud... I have to level up my Rogue?

Any info on drop rates for these additional pets? I've already got my hands full with the Warlock pet daily, Alliance-side FFA+3 Warden's Towers daily, and Horde-side FFA+3 Warden's Towers daily. Of course, the latter two will end after about 240 days = eight months; how long have we got until 7.2?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 22, 2017, 07:56:00 PM
In the limit of infinite time, it may not be quite as bad as I've calculated below. I only learned to day that the FFA quests respawn every four hours, not just every day. If one is ambitious, one can pick up an additional 500 hour for every four-hour gap one is willing to login to WoW. Today I picked up 1900 honor on both my Alliance and Horde level 100 toons: 3 Warden's Towers (300 honor) and 2 FFAs (500 honor) each.

I've seen a reference to an "honor cap", but I don't know how much that is in Legion.

In comparison, battlegrounds no longer seem worth it. 300 honor for a fifteen-minute battle (including waiting on a queue)? It looks like I don't have to waste my time on them anymore.

If you believe wowhead, unfortunately it looks the new PvP prestige pets are in fact awarded at rank 7: http://www.wowhead.com/legion-season-2-pvp-and-prestige-rewards

In that warcraftpets.com discussion I linked to, more than one pet collector is thinking of getting out of the hobby because of this grind. I'm not sure how much honor it takes for one prestige rank (the wowhead numbers are not quite accurate), but I saw one estimate of 50,000 honor. 50,000 honor / 1400 honor per day (from using WQGF) equals about 36 days for one prestige rank (which roughly agrees with my experience). Repeat seven times, and that's a total of 250 days.

Obviously, if you're part of winning battleground teams, it goes much faster. That category does not include me.

Therefore, the grind for these two pets is the most epic pet grind that Blizzard has ever included in the game, dwarfing the Family Familiar achievement.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 23, 2017, 04:23:16 AM
Next week is Battleground Bonus event so they will be worth more and winning 5 gets you 1K honor and some other stuff.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 23, 2017, 09:15:19 AM
I can only speak for myself: I haven't won more than three battlegrounds in a five-day period since Wrath was released. Unless we pet-lovers want to form a battleground group so we can coordinate via Vent or something like that, I'm going to stick with the Warden's Towers and FFAs.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 23, 2017, 09:31:17 AM
Wowhead (http://www.wowhead.com/news=259431/pet-battle-dungeon-wailing-critters-in-wailing-caverns) as a write up on the the Pet Battle Dungeon up on the PTR
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 23, 2017, 10:01:15 AM
Thanks, Andius!

This looks similar to the Celestial Tournament in difficulty. It's a little unclear from the article, but it looks like you go through the dungeon just once to get the (useless to me) Ultimate Battle Stone. Thereafter you have the weekly quest of getting through the dungeon without healing or reviving your pets. Again, it's not clear whether if things go wrong you can start from the beginning, the way you can with the Celestial Tournament.

I have the feeling that folks with 800+ battle pets won't have too much trouble, especially after strats are published. I wonder what's the drop rate of the new pets from the Damp Pet Supplies?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 23, 2017, 12:08:05 PM
Warcraft Pet (http://www.warcraftpets.com/) has a write up on the new pets.

Aye as you say the drop rate from the bags is the question, plus is it going to be an account wide or per character quest?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 23, 2017, 12:58:21 PM
In the page you link, it says the pet battle dungeon weekly is account-wide.

I see they're adding two new tamers in the Broken Isles that, presumably, will drop a new pet like Crysa did. I hope that Winston gets the warlock daily pet before 7.2 comes out, so I have him available to park in front of one the tamers; the Shaman I used to park in front of Crysa will be parked in front of the other tamer.

For Winston's pet-gathering fans, I'll confess: I purchased the Albino Buzzard from the AH; it never dropped after a few weeks of daily Crysa pet battles.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 04, 2017, 08:46:47 AM
Looks like other classes are getting Order Halls pet, I see a post (http://www.warcraftpets.com/news/patch-7-2-ptr-class-hall-pets-new-pet-battle-world-quests/) on Warcraftpet.com about Death Knights and Monks getting some.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 04, 2017, 10:14:00 AM
Oh, crud. Aside from Warrior, Monk, and Priest, it means I'll pay $60 for each additional Order Hall for which a new pet quest is added, to insta-boost the corresponding class to 100. *Sigh*

Mothers, don't let your children grow up to be WoW pet collectors.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 14, 2017, 05:35:23 PM
We don't have a separate PvP topic that I recall, and the only reason I PvP is for pets, so I'll put this table here. After getting one character to prestige rank 1 and another to rank 2, I've tracked how many honor points it takes to get to each honor level. The numbers in wowhead are not quite right. Here are the correct values:

Code: [Select]
Level      Honor Points
 1 -  2        350
 3 -  4        450
 5 -  6        550
 7 -  8        650
 9 - 10        750
11 - 20        875
21 - 29       1000
30            1100
31 - 39       1125
41 - 49       1250 

To be exact, this is the number of honor points at the given rank to reach the following level, which is the number you see on your honor-point display. So if you're at level 29, it will take 1000 honor to reach level 30, then 1100 honor to reach level 31.

The grand total is 47850 honor points for one rank of prestige. Assuming that you're bad at PvP like I am, and all you're doing are the three Warden's Tower World Quests (300 honor each) and the FFA World Quest (500 honor) each day, then you'll get 1400 honor/day. (Hint: Use the mod World Quest Group Finder to breeze through these.) That works out to about 34 days for each prestige rank. It can be less if you're able to login more often, since the FFA quests reset four times per day, at 1 o'clock and 7 o'clock Pacific time.

Therefore, it takes about 240 days (eight months) of daily PvP grinding to get the prestige rank 7 pet rewards, if (like me) battlegrounds and arenas are useless for gaining honor for you.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 15, 2017, 01:33:11 PM
After sleeping on this overnight, I realized how silly is would be for me to continue grinding for the "Dutiful" pets. It's an eight-month grind doing something I not only hate, but despise. I've been through hard grinds so far, even doing things I hated (like pet PvP), but none of them took eight months of effort. Let the PvP powerhouses and the truly determined pet collectors go for the PvP Prestige pets. They can deal with the bullies and the griefers.

Likewise, paying $60 to insta-boost characters to level 100 for their Order Hall pet quests is silly, but for a different reason: At this point, I'm mostly into WoW for the pet collecting (which will come as a surprise to no one). The last time I enjoyed playing WoW (as opposed to grinding WoW) was leveling up characters for various other pet achievements. The new Order Hall pet quests coming in 7.2 are an opportunity for me to enjoy the game again.

So my next step is to identify to those classes that are definitely going to get distinct pets from their 7.2 Order Halls and start leveling them (Rogue and Death Knight so far). I may stop having fun as I quest through Mount Hyjal for the 6th time, but let's see how it goes.

Make no mistake: I'm still going to be soliciting folks for a Poor Unfortunate Souls run, asking for Blingtron 6000 drops whenever the opportunity presents itself (thanks again, Oanae!), and improving the DPS of my Monk for the Brawlers Guild pet. But no more epic grinds through the parts of the game I hate the most. If I'm no longer the #1 pet collector on ER, so be it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 15, 2017, 02:58:04 PM
Form I have read I think every class is getting a pet, it seems it is going to be part of the quest line that gets you  the class mount.

As for the PVP pet going for only them on one side would be less of a pain than trying to do both at once, maybe try that instead?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 15, 2017, 03:57:12 PM
I think that leveling up... how many classes are there now? ... is enough of a challenge. I hope that some of those pets are duplicates (like the Warlock's and the Demon Hunter's pets) so I won't have to level up all of them. Even so, I'll have more fun than doing any of that PvP stuff. Six more months of pain (given that Yungi is Prestige 2) is just not worth it.

Besides, I have to give you and Ellemir and Kyttin a chance to be #1!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 15, 2017, 04:24:01 PM
Winston, Winston number one, back at number one Winston!!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on February 25, 2017, 12:51:39 PM
We don't have a separate PvP topic that I recall, and the only reason I PvP is for pets, so I'll put this table here. After getting one character to prestige rank 1 and another to rank 2, I've tracked how many honor points it takes to get to each honor level. The numbers in wowhead are not quite right. Here are the correct values:

Code: [Select]
Level      Honor Points
 1 -  2        350
 3 -  4        450
 5 -  6        550
 7 -  8        650
 9 - 10        750
11 - 20        875
21 - 29       1000
30            1100
31 - 39       1125
41 - 49       1250 

To be exact, this is the number of honor points at the given rank to reach the following level, which is the number you see on your honor-point display. So if you're at level 29, it will take 1000 honor to reach level 30, then 1100 honor to reach level 31.

The grand total is 47850 honor points for one rank of prestige. Assuming that you're bad at PvP like I am, and all you're doing are the three Warden's Tower World Quests (300 honor each) and the FFA World Quest (500 honor) each day, then you'll get 1400 honor/day. (Hint: Use the mod World Quest Group Finder to breeze through these.) That works out to about 34 days for each prestige rank. It can be less if you're able to login more often, since the FFA quests reset four times per day, at 1 o'clock and 7 o'clock Pacific time.

Therefore, it takes about 240 days (eight months) of daily PvP grinding to get the prestige rank 7 pet rewards, if (like me) battlegrounds and arenas are useless for gaining honor for you.

I make it 46750 per Prestige which if you just did towers (which are mostly PvP free) would be 364 days, but considering your over Prestige Rank 2 (which leave 5 to go) would take 260days. If you restarted now you would be done on the 12th of November, which would be just in time for Blizon?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 25, 2017, 01:21:16 PM
The last time I didn't follow your advice, I forever lost my chance at getting the Thundering Serpent Hatchling.

However, I'm having more fun with the game now than I did when I felt obliged to PvP every day. I'm grooming my windwalker to deal with the Brawlers Guild, doing the Emissary quests to improve my legendary, and occasionally refereshing my brewmaster and mistweaver skills against the day that we might go on a Poor Unfortunate Souls run.

I recognize that I'll get no second chance at this: When Blizzard closes down the PvP seasons for this expansion, the Dutiful pets will be as forever out of reach as the Thundering Serpent Hatchling is. But I choose to draw the line at a grind that will take me months of unpleasant gameplay.

So, knowing I might regret this a year from now, I'll say: Thank you for the encouragement, but I don't think I'm going to follow through on your advice.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on February 26, 2017, 10:28:23 AM
I'm putting my questions here, instead of the 7.2 topic where Marco originally posted, because (of course) all my questions are pet-related:

A number of cosmetic rewards, including pets, will require the Power Ascended achievement on one class or another.  To get Power Ascended you need to empower your artifact weapon and then buy seven more traits so that you have one point in Infinite.  (You don't have to buy the extra ranks of all of the old 3-rank traits.)  This requires roughly 150 million total AP.  At AK 40 we should be getting about 3 million AP for green world quests, so that doesn't sound so bad.

http://www.wowhead.com/news=260678/power-ascended-artifact-rewards-in-7-2-class-mounts-pets-toys
http://www.wowhead.com/news=260675/artifact-weapons-whats-new-in-patch-7-2

Start with the Death Knight:

Does this mean that to get the three Death Knight pets, I'd have to take her through the entire Legion Pathfinder questline, parts I and II, before I'd get the quest for the Death Knight mount? Or will my getting the achievements on another character count, as it does for flying? In other words, in this case are the Pathfinder quests completions account-bound or battle.net-bound?

To confirm my reading: In addition to completing the Death Knight mount quest, I'd have to get 43 AP in each spec before I can purchase the pets for 10,000 Order Hall resources each?

Now the Rogue:

Since the Rogue pet quest is "post-Broken Isles", does that imply the same question as I asked about the Death Knights: I'd have to take her through the entire double Pathfinder questline before I'd get that quest? And would I have to put 43 AP into an artifact as well?


I'm asking because the entire Legion Pathfinder process takes a long time. I was willing to level up a Rogue and a Death Knight to level 100, but if I have to re-do all of Legion on top of that for access to those pets, it's tempting to spend the $60 for the insta-boost to 100.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on February 26, 2017, 10:46:22 AM
Does this mean that to get the three Death Knight pets, I'd have to take her through the entire Legion Pathfinder questline, parts I and II, before I'd get the quest for the Death Knight mount?
Pathfinder is account-wide, so I don't think you'll have to repeat it.
Quote
To confirm my reading: In addition to completing the Death Knight mount quest, I'd have to get 43 AP in each spec before I can purchase the pets for 10,000 Order Hall resources each?
Probably yes.  So you'd likely be waiting until AK 40 (perhaps by getting to AK 40 on Yungi or Winston, buying an AK 35 book for your DK, and then doing the last five AK work orders) and then doing 50-ish world quests for each pet.  Well, likely fewer than 50 due to blue-quality AP world quests, emissary boxes, and new sources of AP in the Broken Isles.
Quote
Since the Rogue pet quest is "post-Broken Isles", does that imply the same question as I asked about the Death Knights: I'd have to take her through the entire double Pathfinder questline before I'd get that quest? And would I have to put 43 AP into an artifact as well?
No to Pathfinder, but likely yes to accumulating the AP for 43 traits.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on February 26, 2017, 07:51:32 PM
Quote
To confirm my reading: In addition to completing the Death Knight mount quest, I'd have to get 43 AP in each spec before I can purchase the pets for 10,000 Order Hall resources each?
Probably yes.  So you'd likely be waiting until AK 40 (perhaps by getting to AK 40 on Yungi or Winston, buying an AK 35 book for your DK, and then doing the last five AK work orders) and then doing 50-ish world quests for each pet.  Well, likely fewer than 50 due to blue-quality AP world quests, emissary boxes, and new sources of AP in the Broken Isles.
I meant the Broken Shore, not the Broken Isles.  But more importantly, I realized that while an achievement can be character-specific, it cannot be spec-specific.  So while the wowhead guide says "150,000,000 artifact power per spec", you should only need to do it once per character if the pets merely require the Power Ascended achievement.  So, I'll revise my answer from "probably yes" to "I don't know."

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on March 04, 2017, 09:59:42 AM
https://us.battle.net/forums/en/wow/topic/20753098752?page=6 (last post on the page)

Quote from: Jeremy Feasel aka @Muffinus
Hi everyone! Thanks for your feedback, wanted to drop in a few updates/notes.

In the next build, you'll see that the required currency for each bonus item has dropped from 10000 to 1000 Order Hall Resources. We agree that the "hard part" of getting the bonus items should be maxing out your artifact, not the grind afterwards.

In 7.2, we want these bonuses to feel like a badge of honor for players that have unlocked the final ability on their empowered artifact. For some time they'll be pretty exclusive, and this is intentional. It makes sense for the Blood Death Knight, with their bloody mount, to also have the Bloodbrood Whelpling, showing off their dedication to their specialization.

It's also important to note that we also have no plans to remove these items in the future, and we will re-evaluate their acquisition in a post-artifact world. If you don't want to go for them right now, don't worry, you won't be permanently missing out on anything.

I hope this assuages some of your concerns. As always, we're looking forward to your continued feedback!

So that makes it a bit easier :D
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on March 04, 2017, 10:09:51 AM
This is good to know, especially since I haven't been working on leveling my Death Knight lately. (I've been playing Horizon: Zero Dawn, which will be followed by Torment: Tides of Numenera, which will be followed by Mass Effect: Andromeda. My new resolution is to no longer play a console game unless it has a colon in the title.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on March 05, 2017, 10:44:47 AM
Quote
Datamined from Patch 7.2 PTR
Class Order Hall
Monk
► Ban-Fu, Cub of Ban-Lu - Class Order Hall
- Comes from The Wandering Isle (Monk)
- Vendor: Mei Chele
- Costs: 1k Order Hall Resources
- Access to pet requires completion of class mount questline
- Purchasing this pet requires the achievement Power Ascended (requires artifact level 43 for one weapon)
- Not cageable

Death Knight
► Bloodbrood Whelpling - Class Order Hall
- Comes from Acherus: The Ebon Hold (Death Knight)
- Vendor: Slimy
- Costs: 1k Order Hall Resources
- Access to pet requires completion of class mount questline
- Purchasing this pet requires empowering Maw of the Damned, and reaching weapon level 43 with this Blood weapon
- Not cageable
► Frostbrood Whelpling - Class Order Hall
- Comes from Acherus: The Ebon Hold (Death Knight)
- Vendor: Slimy
- Costs: 1k Order Hall Resources
- Access to pet requires completion of class mount questline
- Purchasing this pet requires empowering Blades of the Fallen Prince, and reaching weapon level 43 with this Frost weapon
- Not cageable
► Vilebrood Whelpling - Class Order Hall
- Comes from Acherus: The Ebon Hold (Death Knight)
- Vendor: Slimy
- Costs: 1k Order Hall Resources
- Access to pet requires completion of class mount questline
- Purchasing this pet requires empowering Apocalypse, and reaching weapon level 43 with this Unholy weapon
- Not cageable

Rogue
► Crackers - Rogue Quest Reward
- Reward from quest Fit for a Pirate (Rogue campaign)
- Not cageable

Broken Shore
► Orphaned Felbat - Drop
- Drops from Legionfall Chest
- Bind on Pick Up

► Scraps - Drop
- Drops from Curious Wyrmtongue Cache
- Zone: Broken Shore


Pet Dungeon
► Cavern Moccasin - Drop
- Drops from Damp Pet Supplies
- Zone: Nothern Barrens (Wailing Caverns)
► Son of Skum - Achievement Reward
- Rewarded from Pet Battle Challenge: Wailing Caverns

► Everliving Spore - Drop
- Drops from Damp Pet Supplies
- Zone: Nothern Barrens (Wailing Caverns)

► Young Venomfang - Drop
- Drops from Damp Pet Supplies
- Zone: Nothern Barrens (Wailing Caverns)

So far three classes have pet or the others 3 have other items (Toy for Mages and  Demon Hunters, New tame for Hunters)

The breakdown by class for pets is

Druid Order hall upgrade at 105
Warlock (same as Demon Hunter) order hall upgrade at 105
Demon Hunter (same pet Warlock) order Hall upgrade at 105
Shaman Pet fight in Order hall as soon as you have opened your order hall
Deathknight 3 pets after mount quest
Rogue after mount quest
Monk after mount quest

Which leaves the Hunter, Priests, Paladins and Mages and Warriors with no pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on March 06, 2017, 10:12:36 AM
Thanks, Andius. This helps me out a lot.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on March 07, 2017, 11:17:04 AM
Two new pets this week purchased on the Timeless Isle with Timewarped Badges, each them costs 2200 badges Infinite Hatchling (dragonkin) (http://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/dragonkin/serpents/infinite-hatchling/) and Paradox Spirit (aquatic) (http://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/elemental/elementals/paradox-spirit/)

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on March 07, 2017, 01:24:38 PM
Unfortunately, I missed one of the past Timewalking weeks, so I don't think my two Timewalking toons (Yungi and Winston) will get enough badges to buy the pets this week.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 01, 2017, 05:47:54 AM
Over at Blizzard Gear Shop (http://gear.blizzard.com/spring-clearance-2017-seventyfive) they are having a 75% off sale this includes the Plushies that gives pets (Gryphon Hatchling Plush and Wind Rider Cub) price comes down to $6.25
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 01, 2017, 06:29:49 AM
Regrettably Blizzard's current sale on game services does not include character boosts.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 01, 2017, 11:19:03 AM
I ran through the Pet Battle Dungeon twice today, once in "Normal" mode and once in "Challenge" mode; the latter means you can't heal your pets. It's no problem with a decent-sized pet collection. The main issue is how long it takes; I didn't time it, but I think it took me about 45 minutes the first time and about 30 minutes the second time, including travel time between encounters and switching pet teams. I followed the strategy on wowhead: http://www.wowhead.com/quest=45539/pet-battle-challenge-wailing-caverns#comments

The first time you finish the Challenge mode, you get an achievement that awards the pet Son of Skum. I didn't get a pet in the Damp Pet Supplies bag, but others have: they've started to appear on the AH at outrageous prices.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 01, 2017, 12:19:47 PM
I ran through the Pet Battle Dungeon twice today, once in "Normal" mode and once in "Challenge" mode; the latter means you can't heal your pets. It's no problem with a decent-sized pet collection. The main issue is how long it takes; I didn't time it, but I think it took me about 45 minutes the first time and about 30 minutes the second time, including travel time between encounters and switching pet teams. I followed the strategy on wowhead: http://www.wowhead.com/quest=45539/pet-battle-challenge-wailing-caverns#comments

The first time you finish the Challenge mode, you get an achievement that awards the pet Son of Skum. I didn't get a pet in the Damp Pet Supplies bag, but others have: they've started to appear on the AH at outrageous prices.

I used a strategy I found on Warcraftpet.com was easy. Like you I think I spent more time putting the team together traveling between fights than fighting. I also did not get a pet in the bag :(. Next week it should be quicker, I saved the teams with Rematch. Shame you can only do it with a 110, was planing on useing a alt to run it to save travel time  but this is not to be.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 04, 2017, 04:01:01 PM
Last weekend I did the battle pet dungeon with Yungi. Later I left my level 110 Horde alt parked at the Wailing Caverns. I just logged in as that alt and confirmed that there's now a blue quest marker over the NPC quest-giver's head that leads to the Challenge Pet Dungeon again.

In other words, the weekly pet dungeon is account-wide, though I can't yet tell you if a toon lower than 110 can do it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on April 04, 2017, 04:30:13 PM
In other words, the weekly pet dungeon is account-wide, though I can't yet tell you if a toon lower than 110 can do it.

Last week I tried doing it with a 100 toon and it wouldn't give me the quest. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 13, 2017, 06:06:24 AM
In other words, the weekly pet dungeon is account-wide, though I can't yet tell you if a toon lower than 110 can do it.

Last week I tried doing it with a 100 toon and it wouldn't give me the quest.

Moved my 110 Horde rogue's Hearthstone to Crossroads so getting there is easy. Sprint between fights makes the walk around less of a bore :)
Week 3 and still no pets from the bags.


Edit: Spelling!
I see the interloper is gone and Kyttin is our new number 1, congratulations!
 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 13, 2017, 08:02:08 AM
I see the interloper is gone and Kyttin is our new number 1, congratulations!

Excellent! Huzzah to Kyttin!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 13, 2017, 11:51:32 AM
Data mined from the PTR a new pet dungeon The Deadmines (https://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=16&t=16848&p=134369#p134369)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 17, 2017, 07:24:48 AM
New pet from Noble Garden event the Noblegarden Bunny battle pet, sold for 200  Noblegarden Chocolate.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 17, 2017, 11:15:19 AM
Almost let this slip by me! Thank you for the reminder, Andius.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 18, 2017, 11:39:38 PM
Once you have done the Wailing Caverns challenge you can talk to Manapoof (standing next to Breanni to get ported to the Wailing Caverns.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on April 27, 2017, 11:49:19 AM
From the Live Developer Q&A with Game Director Ion Hazzikostas (http://www.wowhead.com/news=263131/live-developer-q-a-for-april-27th) on April 27th.

Requirement for reaching exalted with Armies of Legionfall in order to unlock Class Mounts has been removed.

Which should make getting the pets for the Monk and Deathknight a lot easier :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 27, 2017, 07:28:43 PM
I certainly hope so! Right now I'm leveling my Death Knight; she's at level 75 and progress is glacial. At this rate I'm looking at another couple of months before she's at 100, then there's the entire Order Hall campaign to get through. I'm very tempted to spend the $60 for the boost.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 07, 2017, 04:21:36 AM
Us pet-collector types have a reason to keep grinding Legionfall rep: The first Orphaned Felbat I've seen has hit the Auction House. The Felbat drops from the Legionfall Chest you get each time you go up a Paragon level in Armies of Legionfall. The drop rate is apparently low.

The AH price is outrageous (250K gold = $50 at current token prices) so I'm definitely going to wait, grind, and hope.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 25, 2017, 08:16:10 PM
While I was off on Holiday I see they have added Squirky Battle Pet & Plushie (https://www.warcraftpets.com/news/now-available-squirky-battle-pet-plushie/#comments) on the 23rd. The pet fights from reading seems easy enough but the wandering/patrolling 110 elites may be a problem for some. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 26, 2017, 03:36:42 AM
For me, Squirky wasn't a problem at all. I found a spot where the elites would patrol away, swooped down and clicked on a battle pet before any of them could get me. After the battle I got tagged for combat, but instead of trying to fight I just jumped into the ocean and swam away like the coward I am.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 15, 2017, 10:50:44 AM
There are 9 new pets you can get in now the latest patch.
 
4 new pets from the Deadmines Pet Battle Dungeon Vendor: Marcus "Bagman" Brown
     Pocket Cannon —  Cost: 3Old Bottle Cap (unlimited supply)
     Foe Reaper 0.9 — Cost: 1Old Bottle Cap (unlimited supply)
     Tricorne — Cost: 2Old Bottle Cap (unlimited supply)
     Mining Monkey — Achievement: Pet Battle Challenge: Deadmines

2 new dragon pets from the Deaths of Chromie Scenario
    Ageless Bronze Drake  Drop: Time-Lost Wallet
    Bronze Proto-Whelp Drop: Time-Lost Wallet

Rogue pickpocketing leads to 2 new pets Vendor: Griftah Zone: Chamber of Shadows (Rogue Order Hall)
   Dig Rat  10000Coins of Air (unlimited supply) Tradeable
   Sneaky Marmot — Cost: 10000Coins of Air (unlimited supply) tradeable


One raid achievement pet
    Micronax — Achievement: Glory of the Tomb Raider

The rogue one being  tradeable surprises me and may some time later be fixed not to be tradeable.


Edit : https://www.warcraftpets.com/wow-pets/new/

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 15, 2017, 02:45:23 PM
Ah, crud. I was hoping to escape the pain of the Death of Chromie scenario.

At least I'm already leveling up a Rogue (Swiftslice, a Forsaken) to get Crackers, so the pickpocket pets aren't too punishing.

Since I'm having difficulty organizing a run for Lagan, I know I'm not going to get Micronax. Oh, well. 7.x is the first expansion that has taught me that you can't have all the pets. I'm sure that will be a steady feature of expansions from now on.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on June 15, 2017, 03:20:48 PM
Ah, crud. I was hoping to escape the pain of the Death of Chromie scenario.
Experimentally, both Death of Chromie pets can be caged and traded.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 15, 2017, 04:20:43 PM
Ah, crud. I was hoping to escape the pain of the Death of Chromie scenario.
Experimentally, both Death of Chromie pets can be caged and traded.
Are you the one who performed this experiment? If so, I'll give it a try. I'd only want the battle pets, so I wouldn't sweat scenario progress.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 16, 2017, 04:17:56 AM
I gave the Deaths of Chromie a few rounds. It wasn't as bad as the various descriptions (both here and on wowhead) made it sound, given that I have no interest in completing the scenario. After some preliminary work, it's not hard to get 12 Sands of Time to drop for each run.

The question then becomes what is the drop rate for the satchels from the Sands of Time, and what is the drop rate of the pets from the satchels. Hopefully wowhead will accumulate some statistics after a while.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on June 16, 2017, 06:41:51 AM
I gave the Deaths of Chromie a few rounds. It wasn't as bad as the various descriptions (both here and on wowhead) made it sound, given that I have no interest in completing the scenario. After some preliminary work, it's not hard to get 12 Sands of Time to drop for each run.
There's a Chromie talent to increase the sands drop rate by 100%.  It takes three days (so I'll get it today) and I think four levels of the rep grind to get it.

I have gotten five pet drops so far (four ageless, one proto), but I couldn't tell you how many sands of time that represents.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on June 16, 2017, 06:43:29 AM
Also, the community recently discovered a new secret which leaves to a pet:

http://www.wowhead.com/item=142223/sun-darter-hatchling#comments
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 17, 2017, 08:42:47 AM
The pet that Marco referred to, the Sun Darter Hatchling, can be caged and is showing up on the AH at the usual outrageous prices.

If anyone would like to pool resources to get this pet, let me know.

In particular, Winston is an alchemist who knows the recipes for Pygmy Oil, Ethereal Oil, and the recipes for the Major Fire, Holy, and Nature potions. The Perky Pug is an achievement reward and is not tradeable, but Yungi is sitting on about 5000 pet charms so I can give anyone the Princess costume who wants one. The level 1 Intellect scroll is so easy for an Inscriber to make that my old character Pellinore, whom I use as an auction alt, happened to have all the ingredients on him from adventuring eight years ago.

There's still a fair bit of grinding to be done (Scotty the  sprite isn't going to get much peace for the next few days; now is not a good time to sell life insurance to the Winterfall) but you don't have to pay the ridiculous prices currently being charged on the AH for the tradeable puzzle components.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 17, 2017, 12:07:58 PM
My Alchemist (Shandius) can make all of the alchemy stuff, the only stuff he is missing to make them is the fish (Glassfin minnow and the Pygmy suckerfish and the Mana thistle.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 18, 2017, 06:11:27 AM
I'd be glad to get the fish; Winston has 800 fishing, so it's just a matter of patience.

Gathering 18 Mana Thistle (3 for each potion) will take a while, given that I assume everyone and their second cousin will be farming for it. I'll see what I can do.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on June 19, 2017, 05:59:15 AM
The complex maze thing sounds like it's way more work than it's worth to me so I'll probably skip that.  The Deadmines thing isn't bad, but I feel it's unnecssarily drawn out. Having teams in advance sped things up a bit but it's still a lot of battles.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 19, 2017, 10:25:14 AM
It's all relative. The Deadmines pet challenge is shorter than the Wailing Caverns pet challenge, which I'd been doing weekly up until I gave up and bought the spore pet on the AH. With the Deadmines, after six weeks you're guaranteed to have all its new pets while with WC it depended on an RNG.

As for the puzzle challenge: I'm torn. On the one hand, I'll continue farming for Mana Thistle since I promised to help Andius out. On the other hand, the Sun Darter pet is now available on the AH for $40 (two WoW tokens are about 250K gold at current prices); is the time I'd save by not having to grind for all the puzzle pieces worth $40 to me?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 20, 2017, 11:27:11 AM
It's all relative. The Deadmines pet challenge is shorter than the Wailing Caverns pet challenge, which I'd been doing weekly up until I gave up and bought the spore pet on the AH. With the Deadmines, after six weeks you're guaranteed to have all its new pets while with WC it depended on an RNG.

As for the puzzle challenge: I'm torn. On the one hand, I'll continue farming for Mana Thistle since I promised to help Andius out. On the other hand, the Sun Darter pet is now available on the AH for $40 (two WoW tokens are about 250K gold at current prices); is the time I'd save by not having to grind for all the puzzle pieces worth $40 to me?

My brother went out and farmed up 42  Mana Thistle, so I have more than enough. I'll send you some of the potions when I log in.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on June 20, 2017, 11:59:42 AM
Midsummer Fire Festival (June 21 - July 5) new stuff this year is Igneous Flameling (pet) 350 Burning Blossom and Set of Matches (toy) 500 Burning Blossom.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 31, 2017, 04:56:23 AM
At least 19 new pets coming in 7.3.

Raiding With Leashes V: Cuteaclysm (https://www.warcraftpets.com/news/patch-7-3-ptr-raiding-with-leashes-v/)

Quote
16 new pets have been added to the 7.3 PTR. These latest additions are part of Raiding With Leashes V: Cuteaclysm!

Collectors will find 15 of these pets inside Cataclysm raids, and the final pet, Amalgam of Destruction, is the reward for completing the achievement.

Blackwing Descent (3 pets)

Discarded Experiment - Maloriak
Rattlejaw - Nefarian
Tinytron - Magmatron


Dragon Soul (3 pets)

Corrupted Blood - Spine of Deathwing
Faceless Mindlasher - Yorsahj
Unstable Tendril - Deathwing


Firelands (4 pets)

Blazehound - Shannox
Cinderweb Recluse - Beth'tilac
Infernal Pyreclaw - Majordomo Staghelm
Surger - Baleroc


The Bastion of Twilight (3 pets)

Bound Stream - Elementium Monstrosity
Faceless Minion - Cho'gall
Twilight Clutch-Sister - Valiona


Throne of the Four Winds (2 pets)

Drafty - Nezir
Zephyrian Prince - Al'Akir

Fishing

Quote
Ghost Shark - Fishing Vendor
- Sold by Ilyssia of the Waters
- Costs 50 Fragmented Enchantment
- Require 'Good Friend' reputation with Ilyssia
- Bind on Pick Up
- Currently listed as vendor pet From Nat Pagle (garrison), however this is Placeholder information

Hallow's End

Quote
Naxxy - Holiday Vendor
- Previously named 'Mini Naxx' and datamined from 7.2 PTR
- Sold by holiday vendors during Hallow's End
- Costs 150 Tricky Treats
- Bind on Use

New Trainer

Quote
Dibbler - Drop
- Previously named 'Mini Spider Tank' and datamined from 7.2 PTR
- Drops from Leprous Sack of Pet Supplies
- Bag is a new trainer daily reward from Environeer Bert, Leprous Pet Tamer
- Bind on Use

Plus there is another 18 new pet NPCs datamined https://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=16&t=17118
Quote
Legendary pet NPCs? Similar to Tanaan Jungle pets?

Edity Spelling
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on July 31, 2017, 07:28:12 AM
Augh.

Is there a good add-on that helps keep track of what one hasn't done, particularly when one is in the area to do something? Like, I went into the cave a zillion times before I realized I could do the racing achievement there to get a pet. Just dumb luck I remembered it when I went there.

I'm thinking of something like the Field Photographer add-on that decorates the map with camera icons to note locations where you want to take selfies for that achievement...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 31, 2017, 07:50:22 AM
Augh.

Is there a good add-on that helps keep track of what one hasn't done, particularly when one is in the area to do something? Like, I went into the cave a zillion times before I realized I could do the racing achievement there to get a pet. Just dumb luck I remembered it when I went there.

I'm thinking of something like the Field Photographer add-on that decorates the map with camera icons to note locations where you want to take selfies for that achievement...

I think what your looking for is PetTracker (https://mods.curse.com/addons/wow/pettracker)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on July 31, 2017, 08:01:52 AM
Has there been mention of a new Pet Battle Dungeon yet?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on July 31, 2017, 11:59:43 AM
Has there been mention of a new Pet Battle Dungeon yet?

Sadly only to say no dungeon

Quote
New Trainer
Initially, it was speculated that the new reward bag, Leprous Sack of Pet Supplies, would be from a Gnomeregan Pet Battle Dungeon. However, as of this writing, there is no indication that this Pet Dungeon will be included in 7.3.

So where will the Leprous Sack of Pet Supplies come from? WarcraftPets user Flohsakk discovered that this bag is rewarded from a new trainer!

Environeer Bert and his team of Mechanical pets can be found in Gnomeregan. He's located in the left tunnel after exiting the elevator area. He offers the daily quest, 'Bert's Bots'.

Similar to Crysa and her team of all Flying pets, Bert is accompanied by a pet team comprised of a single pet family type. He has three level 25, epic quality Mechanical pets.

There is always the chance it could be in later or 7.3.5
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 01, 2017, 09:02:44 AM
I do run PetTracker, which is good for telling me at a zone level but not where things are. It also doesn't decorate the map, except for the standard trainers.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 01, 2017, 03:44:28 PM
There's a mod that helps you keep track of pet achievements, along with annotations when you mouse over pet tamers:

https://mods.curse.com/addons/wow/worldquest-tips-timers

The mod has been abandoned. If you go to the comments on the web page, you'll find an lua patch that will remove most (but not all) of the problems.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 01, 2017, 07:54:15 PM
Quote
Pet Battles
Anomalous Animals of Argus (New) Defeat the following corrupted pets on Argus. 10 points. Account Wide.
Aquatic Assault (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Aquatic pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Beast Blitz (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Beast pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Critical Critters (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Critter pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Draconic Destruction (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Dragonkin pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Elemental Escalation (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Elemental pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Family Fighter (New) Complete the following achievements. Reward: Felclaw Marsuul. 10 points. Account Wide.
Fierce Fliers (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Flying pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Humanoid Havoc (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Humanoid pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Magical Mayhem (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Magic pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Mechanical Melee (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Mechanical pets. 5 points. Account Wide.
Unstoppable Undead (New) Defeat the corrupted pets of Argus with all Undead pets. 5 points. Account Wide.

A Family Familiar style thing on Argus gives a Felclaw Marsuul, plus there is some new wild pets around Argus
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 02, 2017, 10:48:13 AM
New mount and pet bundle in the shop Twilight and Luminous Starseeker

Quote
This special bundle includes Twilight, a cuddly chromatic in-game pet, and the Luminous Starseeker, a brilliant hue-shifting in-game mount. Make two new additions to your collection with this radiant new mount and captivatingly colorful little kitten-- at a discount!

Cost is $30

Edit: You can each separately ($25.00 for the mount and $10.00 for the battle pet) or you can buy the bundle which includes both for $30.00.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 03, 2017, 08:05:45 AM
New mount and pet bundle in the shop Twilight and Luminous Starseeker

Quote
This special bundle includes Twilight, a cuddly chromatic in-game pet, and the Luminous Starseeker, a brilliant hue-shifting in-game mount. Make two new additions to your collection with this radiant new mount and captivatingly colorful little kitten-- at a discount!

Cost is $30

Edit: You can each separately ($25.00 for the mount and $10.00 for the battle pet) or you can buy the bundle which includes both for $30.00.

Wowhead are doing a Twilight and Luminous Starseeker Bundle Giveaway! right now
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 05, 2017, 05:27:20 AM
From https://www.warcraftpets.com/
Quote
Currently on the PTR the Crysa and Environeer Bert encounters will scale down in level to the highest level pet on your team.

Using a full team of level 1 pets will result in the enemy team scaling down to all level 1 pets. A team of two level 1 pets plus one level 25 pet results in an all level 25 enemy team.

Available abilities depend on the level the team scales to (for example, level 1 scaling only unlocks the first ability). The quality (rare, epic, etc.) of the trainer team does not change.

Interesting but at the same time kind of pointless.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 05, 2017, 02:32:02 PM
Agreed. Most of the people who'll attempt these encounters will have a substantial roster of level 25 pets. Scalable entry-level pet encounters might make sense in entry-level zones, but not here.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on August 06, 2017, 04:27:41 AM
Agreed. Most of the people who'll attempt these encounters will have a substantial roster of level 25 pets. Scalable entry-level pet encounters might make sense in entry-level zones, but not here.
Perhaps they're testing something that will be more useful next expansion?  We've reached a point where folks who haven't started leveling pets never will if it means spending hours in Westfall.  Maybe they want to do something like they did with fishing, where you can do the quest even if your pet is only level 5.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 06, 2017, 07:05:08 AM
Agreed. Most of the people who'll attempt these encounters will have a substantial roster of level 25 pets. Scalable entry-level pet encounters might make sense in entry-level zones, but not here.
Perhaps they're testing something that will be more useful next expansion?  We've reached a point where folks who haven't started leveling pets never will if it means spending hours in Westfall.  Maybe they want to do something like they did with fishing, where you can do the quest even if your pet is only level 5.
That's a good point. If the goal is to give rank-and-file players (as opposed to the insane like me) a chance at interesting pet encounters and rewards, it does sound like a reasonable compromise.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on August 06, 2017, 10:48:17 AM
Agreed. Most of the people who'll attempt these encounters will have a substantial roster of level 25 pets. Scalable entry-level pet encounters might make sense in entry-level zones, but not here.
Perhaps they're testing something that will be more useful next expansion?  We've reached a point where folks who haven't started leveling pets never will if it means spending hours in Westfall.  Maybe they want to do something like they did with fishing, where you can do the quest even if your pet is only level 5.
That's a good point. If the goal is to give rank-and-file players (as opposed to the insane like me) a chance at interesting pet encounters and rewards, it does sound like a reasonable compromise.

No a fan of the idea of scaling everything, pets are not hard to level even for a beginner. To me it introduces extra complexity for very little reason.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 01, 2017, 03:21:08 PM
If you are doing the prestige grind to get the pets stop doing it on both factions. Once you have unlocked it for one faction you can now buy it from a vendor on the opposite side without having to regrind the prestige levels. (https://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=17220)

While kind of nice wish they would have said something about doing it or at least documented it! All the more painful as I hit prestige 7 of my horde alt on the 25th :/
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 02, 2017, 02:50:29 AM
Congratulations, Andius! You are a more determined person than I!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 03, 2017, 12:30:50 PM
I've mentioned my wowcation a couple of times. The reason for the break is that I've come to understand that the only reason I'm playing WoW these days is potentially be at #1 in the warcraftpets.com list for Earthen Ring. I've experienced some brief times in the past year when I've enjoyed playing (leveling up a rogue to get a pet), but by and large the game has turned into a lengthy and often-expensive grind for a dubious honor.

So I'm taking a break. I'll let others (hopefully Andius or Ellemir or Kyttin; even Britehawk) be #1 on the list for a while.

Unless something special happens related to pet collecting (e.g., someone here organizes a Lagan run), I won't play again until the Hallow's End event starts, since I'd have to grind for the holiday pet to have a chance to return to #1. Maybe I'll see something in 7.3 that will re-ignite my love of playing. If not, perhaps it's time to close up shop.

I'd miss WoW. I've played since the days of the vanilla beta before the game was formally released. But at this point the one remaining goal I've set for myself is looking more and more ridiculous.

Unless Andius is #1, of course. Then it's worthwhile!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on September 12, 2017, 11:09:47 AM
New pet in the shop it would have been the Blizzcon charity pet but they decided not to wait.

Quote
Due to recent natural disasters around the world—and the great needs of those affected—we’ve decided not to wait for BlizzCon 2017 to release this year’s new charity pet. The immediacy of the events, including Hurricanes Harvey and Irma, flooding in South Asia, and countless other crises, have shown we need to act now.

For every Shadow fox adopted between now and December 31, 2017, 100% of the $10 USD adoption fee will be donated to both American Red Cross Disaster Relief and the International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC) Disaster Relief Fund. Your donation will be split equally between both organizations: for the American Red Cross to help people affected by disasters big and small in the U.S., and the IFRC to help Red Cross Red Crescent Societies respond to disasters through their Disaster Relief Emergency fund.

It is a colour changing Fox Shadow (https://news.blizzard.com/en-us/world-of-warcraft/21037559/new-pet-adopt-shadow-the-fox-and-help-support-disaster-relief-efforts) costs $10
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on September 13, 2017, 06:15:13 AM
It is a colour changing Fox Shadow (https://news.blizzard.com/en-us/world-of-warcraft/21037559/new-pet-adopt-shadow-the-fox-and-help-support-disaster-relief-efforts) costs $10

I got this last night and tested with the toy that makes you look like your companion pet. You also get the color-change effect when you do this, which kind of made me squee a little.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on September 26, 2017, 03:10:45 AM
Does anyone know if there'll be a new pet as part of the BlizzCon goodies this year? Or was the Shadow Fox that pet?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on September 26, 2017, 06:15:42 AM
I think just mounts this year.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on October 20, 2017, 07:37:11 AM
New pet for Hallow's End Naxxy (http://www.wowhead.com/item=151269/naxxy) is a new Undead battle pet sold for 150  Tricky Treat. This can be traded.

Edit also a couple of toys  Horse Head Costume and  Horse Tail Costume are costume toys! Each costs 150  Tricky Treat
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 16, 2017, 12:23:15 PM
New per for Winter Veil the Globe Yeti, sounds a right pain to get from this post (https://www.warcraftpets.com/community/forum/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=17439) on Warcraftpets.com

Edit: The thing to remember the Globe Yeti spawns at level 3 so have a pet that has Weaken Blow (Terrible Turnip) or Superbark (Corgi Pup, Corgnelius, Grumpy, Molten Corgi and Scraps) already in your team.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on December 16, 2017, 07:51:47 PM
I got the Globe Yeti tonight at 11:44PM in Ironforge. He appears to spawn about 30 minutes after his last capture. I got him on my forth attempt.

I recommend a "/tar globe yeti" macro and be ready to hit the "Interact with Target" hotkey - default is ";" but check your keybindings if you are not sure.

All four times he spawned near the large snowman in the globe.

Good luck!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 17, 2017, 03:30:40 PM
One thing you could do is bind the targeting macro to mouse wheel up and interact with target to mouse  wheel down :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 18, 2017, 01:40:18 AM
I picked up my own Globe Yeti about five minutes ago. Jenilea's strategy worked perfectly for me, snatching the yeti out from under some warlock that was just running around.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 18, 2017, 07:12:09 AM
Got one this morning.  One person was waiting when I showed up, so I waited until he captured it.  Foot traffic increased to ~3 other people waiting during the ensuing half-hour, but knowing when and where it would spawn, I was able to get it easily using a targeting macro and interact-with-target binding.

Disappointingly, "Globe Yeti" just means a yeti from a globe, not a yeti that floats inside a globe.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 18, 2017, 12:49:25 PM
Aye :(
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 19, 2017, 03:45:48 AM
Andius, I wonder if I can ask you to check my arithmetic. (Anyone can check my arithmetic, but Andius has been through the entire grind and can spot when I've made a mistake in my assumptions.)

I'm inching my way towards the Prestige 7 battle pets. I don't have the time to do the PvP world quests, so instead I'm auto-completing the 500 Honor WQ once a day using my Horde Warrior.

He's presently at P1R33, so he's past the nerfing of Prestige Level 1. According to my own old records (maybe Blizzard has changed things), it's 46850 Honor to go from one Prestige level to another. 46850 Honor / 500 Honor/day = 94 days (rounding up). Ignoring the gap between where he is now and P2 (because I'm too lazy to add up the individual ranks), he's got 5 Prestige levels to go until 7. That comes out to 470 days.

Does this sound right to you?

Of course, BfA is probably going to come out before then, and odds are those Prestige 7 pets will vanish.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 19, 2017, 06:07:47 AM
I make the total 44,000 to Prestige (1-10 800, 11-20 850, 21-30 900, 31-40 950, 41-49 1000) which would be 88 days a Prestige.

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on December 19, 2017, 06:09:13 AM
Of course, BfA is probably going to come out before then, and odds are those Prestige 7 pets will vanish.
That isn't the sense I've gotten from dev interviews, although I don't have anything specific to point at.  They usually only remove the ability to get a cosmetic benefit if it demonstrates a certain level of skill, such as the mage tower challenge, and often not even then.  The prestige pets only demonstrate a certain level of time commitment to a specific area of gameplay.

(It was also clear from Blizzcon dev interviews that they hadn't decided what to do with PvP in BfA.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 19, 2017, 06:24:23 AM
Battle Standard of Coordination (Requires guild friendly) gives 15% extra honor so that 500 would become 575 which bring it down to 76.521 quests

Also remember that the Horn of War is a 18 hour cooldown, so if you did it every 18 hours that bring the number of days down to about 58 days (57.391 to be exact)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 19, 2017, 08:01:30 AM
@Andius: So it appears that Blizzard reduced the rank requirements since I last recorded them a year or so ago. Good! I can't do that WQ every 18 hours, because I'm limiting myself to WoW once a day. I'll check if my Horde Guild has the Battle Standard; it's been a one-man (two-toon) Guild for over five years and I'm sure I haven't earned many perks, if any.

@Marco: Of course, I hope you're right. I'm inclined to think that they'll change the PvP currency again (Valor, Honor, Heroism, Ganker, whatever) and the entire Prestige system that goes along with it. But my inclinations have been wrong before!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 19, 2017, 12:10:19 PM
If the guild is The Onyx Crown,Horde Guild on Earthen Ring is it you do not have it /sigh
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 19, 2017, 01:35:05 PM
If the guild is The Onyx Crown,Horde Guild on Earthen Ring is it you do not have it /sigh
Yes, Grotar is the Guildmaster of the once-mighty Onyx Crown.

I should give it up--no one is ever going to join it, not even to park an alt--but I'm not yet so horribly pet-focused that I'm willing to switch to another guild solely to gain honor 15% faster.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 19, 2017, 03:22:49 PM
You could switch to another guild that has it then switch back, sadly I do not have a horde guild on Earthen Ring :(
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 19, 2017, 09:47:51 PM
I can't switch back. I'm the only person in my guild, and Grotar is the only one with invite privileges. I can't change the other toon's privileges, and even if I could I couldn't login both toons at the same time... as far as I know.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 20, 2017, 06:29:22 AM
It requires some juggling around, such as inviting another toon in to hold the invite token. I'd be happy to create a toon on your faction/server in order to hold that token for you. Best way to reach me is probably b.net messaging when you see I'm online in any game.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 21, 2017, 07:39:49 PM
I just checked, and the Guild Banner of whatsis is available once a guild has completed 15,000 daily quests. I've been playing my Horde characters on-and-off since Vanilla, so it's possible I'm within shouting distance of the achievement. I can't find how or where it's tracked; it's certainly not under standard achievements and I don't see a tracker for Guild achievements. How do I see how many I've done?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 22, 2017, 06:03:07 AM
I just checked, and the Guild Banner of whatsis is available once a guild has completed 15,000 daily quests. I've been playing my Horde characters on-and-off since Vanilla, so it's possible I'm within shouting distance of the achievement. I can't find how or where it's tracked; it's certainly not under standard achievements and I don't see a tracker for Guild achievements. How do I see how many I've done?

Where to find it Achievements>Guild Tab>Quests>A Daily Routine.  Armory says you have done 885 of 15,000 (5%).
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 22, 2017, 07:47:00 AM
I just checked, and the Guild Banner of whatsis is available once a guild has completed 15,000 daily quests. I've been playing my Horde characters on-and-off since Vanilla, so it's possible I'm within shouting distance of the achievement. I can't find how or where it's tracked; it's certainly not under standard achievements and I don't see a tracker for Guild achievements. How do I see how many I've done?

Where to find it Achievements>Guild Tab>Quests>A Daily Routine.  Armory says you have done 885 of 15,000 (5%).
Thanks, Andius. This means that I am nowhere near shouting distance, even if I were to shout really loud.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 23, 2017, 10:14:34 AM
Looking at the dates Marco talks about in the BfA thread (https://www.deadlycupcakes.org/forums/index.php?topic=4453.30) it gives me some data to play with. Bare in mind this is me playing with Macro's educated guess of when BfA could come out.

If you auto complete a brawl and 3 towers a days you would finish on the 8th of June, nicely before the earliest date Macro thinks it could be.
If you auto complete a brawl and an average of 2 towers a day you would finish on the 24th of July, just before August around when it is most likely to be released.
If you auto complete and an average of 1 tower a day you would finish on the 12th of October, only likely before the release if something went wrong.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 23, 2017, 09:02:01 PM
That's good to know, and I thank you for those calculations. However, given the limits I've placed on my play time, I think my likely path will be to auto-complete a brawl once per day and continue to slowly grind up my other toons until I've:

- Finished the Master Pakku encounter in the Brawlers Guild, which give access to a new pet. Given that Ghoselle told me it took her six months to defeat that encounter, I'm not optimistic.

- Somehow organized a Poor Unfortunate Souls run, which awards an achievement pet.

After that, there will be no reason to continue to buff up any other characters. Then I might consider actually taking my Horde Warrior to the towers on a daily basis.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 27, 2017, 03:08:44 PM
- Somehow organized a Poor Unfortunate Souls run, which awards an achievement pet.

What does this involve? I can always use another pet...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 27, 2017, 04:52:48 PM
The Poor Unfortunate Souls achievement awards a pet, Lagan.

The achievement requires Heroic Black Rook Hold, followed by Mythic Maw of Souls. You have a 30 minutes timer in both instances. There must be no deaths.

I can offer a tank (Blood Death Knight, gear 920ish), a healer (Mistweaver Monk, gear 910ish), ranged DPS (Affliction or Destruction Warlock; 910ish), or melee DPS (Windwalker Monk, gear 925). Of those, I am most competent tanking or melee DPS.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on December 27, 2017, 07:28:46 PM
I'd be enthused to do Poor Unfortunate Souls.  I can offer up tank (druid, 950ish gear) or ranged dps (BM hunter 925ish).

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 28, 2017, 04:01:35 AM
With Ghoselle tanking, I think that means I need to gear up my healer; the last time I tried to organize this everyone else who volunteered mostly offered DPS. What's the minimum recommended gear level for Mythics since the last patch? I'd need to get at least 10 ilvls above that.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on December 28, 2017, 05:01:19 AM
If the timing works out, I can bring a solid healer (MW) or insecure dps (MM).  I have trouble on the stairs in BRH though.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 28, 2017, 05:43:38 AM
30 minutes is quite generous on both instances, particularly if you're doing Mythic 0 rather than M+

I have raid-geared tank, raid-geared healing, and raid-geared melee DPS. Just let me know which you want.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 28, 2017, 05:47:21 AM
I have a raid geared DPS Andius :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 28, 2017, 05:56:24 AM
This is going much more smoothly than the last time I tried to organize this! Thanks, folks.

The stairs in BRH are explicitly mentioned in wowhead's Poor Unfortunate Souls guide: http://www.wowhead.com/achievement=10412/poor-unfortunate-souls#comments. Their recommendation is to have just one dexterous person go up the stairs. Once that person reaches the stone-throwing demons, they stop. Then the rest of the party can go on up.

I'd prefer to DPS as a Windwalker Monk, chiefly because of the movement benefits.

May I ask Snique and Heidi to to talk with each other about who should be the healer?

With Andius, we've got a team! Now we have to figure out when. I'm free tomorrow night (Friday). After that, I'm free from Jan 2 onward.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 28, 2017, 09:54:54 AM
Tell me when and I should be free :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on December 28, 2017, 09:59:18 AM
I can do either, though I'm more confident as a healer than as a dps.  Snique?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on December 28, 2017, 10:16:08 AM
I would be interested Probably best with dps.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on December 29, 2017, 06:48:51 AM
So it looks like we have 6 people interested.  Personally, I'm willing to tank it twice so we can do two runs. 

Poor-Unfortunate-Tank: Ghoselle
Poor-Unfortunate-Heal: Heidi
Poor-Unfortunate-Dps:  Winston, Snique, Andius, Jenilea
winston/snique could also take tank or healer role

I have family in town until 1/2, so likely my evening free time is limited until then; but after that except Tu/Th raid time I'm pretty flexible with scheduling.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 29, 2017, 07:16:43 AM
I'm willing to do two runs as well, provided I can be of some use.

As for time: How about Fri Jan 6 or Sat Jan 7? They're predicting very chilly weather in the northeast, so folks may be inclined to stay at home in front of a warm monitor.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 29, 2017, 09:58:24 AM
I'm willing to do two runs as well, provided I can be of some use.

As for time: How about Fri Jan 6 or Sat Jan 7? They're predicting very chilly weather in the northeast, so folks may be inclined to stay at home in front of a warm monitor.

The time looks good to me, just have to be done by 8PM on Saturday. Could also do two runs if needed.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on December 29, 2017, 11:46:34 AM
I would not mind sitting out to bring the number back down to 5.  I was looking for company -- not pets!

I'll try to log on at the specified time (unless it's between noon and 2:30 Saturday) and see what's needed.

Heidi
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on December 29, 2017, 03:53:13 PM
Fri or Sat work for me as well.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on December 30, 2017, 04:00:54 AM
I could do afternoon of the 6th or night of the 7th. I don't mind bringing whatever role is needed and I don't mind running twice.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on December 31, 2017, 07:38:17 AM
Updating Ghoselle's roster:

Poor-Unfortunate-Tank: Ghoselle
Poor-Unfortunate-Heal: Snique
Poor-Unfortunate-Dps:  Winston, Andius, Jenilea

... assuming Snique is willing to heal. I'm not an experienced healer (I tend to go OOM in the middle of difficult encounters, and I've only got ilvl 915 healing gear) but I'm willing to give it a try.

Time: Given everyone's schedule, I'm going to suggest 4PM on Saturday January 6. That will give us a chance for a 2-3 runs if it turns out someone steps into a hole during the Helya encounter and dies due to green vomit.

Incentives:

Poor Unfortunate Souls is one of the toughest achievements in the Glory of the Legion Hero meta-achievement, which awards the Leyfeather Hippogryph (http://www.wowhead.com/item=141217/reins-of-the-leyfeather-hippogryph) mount. I'm only interested in the pet, but I'm willing to join in additional runs to help folks get their mounts.

As a typical insane pet collector, I've got a few extra pets to give out: I'm sitting on a Docile Skyfin, a Pandaren Air Spirit, a Young Venomfang, and three Sting Ray Pups. If you're a Poor Unfortunate Soul and you'd like one of those, let me know.

For the future: If, like Heidi, you're looking for fun things to do together, there's always the Glory of the Tomb Raider achievement, which awards the Micronax pet: http://www.wowhead.com/glory-of-the-tomb-raider-guide.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on December 31, 2017, 03:05:08 PM
That time works for me.

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on December 31, 2017, 03:43:26 PM
That time works for me too :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on January 01, 2018, 11:59:21 AM
Works for me, also.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 01, 2018, 03:24:03 PM
 Now that we found a time that works for everybody, I would like, if possible, to change it to 11 AM instead of 4 PM. I have a game party to go to that afternoon, and 11 AM is more convenient for me. On the other hand, I’m willing to abide by the time I proposed.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on January 01, 2018, 07:42:07 PM
Unfortunately, I cannot make 11AM. My daughter has a soccer game at noon and I will be out of the house from 11AM to about 1:30PM. I could do any time from 2PM onwards.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 02, 2018, 06:56:19 AM
Being a mom trumps board-game party every time! Let's stick with 4PM (unless Snique can't make it then). I'll tell my gamer friends they'll have to play the first round of Terraforming Mars without me; I never win that game anyway.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 02, 2018, 09:41:06 AM
Confirming that Shurten is available to heal for this on Saturday at 4PM and likely earlier if need be. I've even had experience chasing... err, healing Ghoselle before.

Shurten is not exactly raid-geared, but I do M10 each week with little trouble (*) so I imagine this'll be a cakewalk.

(*) OK, little trouble assuming people are even vaguely competent. Let me tell you about the upper Kara 10 where people stood in fire a lot and didn't know the opera mechanics and the tank got frustrated and quit so the key holder decided to rail at me about how terrible a healer I was. Then I did an M+11 with an actually competent crew and only two DPS deaths because the mage didn't move when the volcanoes popped under his feet because yeah.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 02, 2018, 11:27:51 AM
Hopefully you won't have to chase Ghoselle this time, since as you pointed out the timers are pretty generous and there's no need for her to rush. But if you're looking for someone who keeps standing in stuff and is slow on the mechanics, you need look no further than good ol' Yungi.

What may help is all of us getting on voice chat so we can coordinate interrupts, etc. What's the voice-chat program du jour and corresponding login information?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: HeidiB on January 02, 2018, 11:34:53 AM
Hopefully you won't have to chase Ghoselle this time, since as you pointed out the timers are pretty generous and there's no need for her to rush.
Ahahahahahaha!
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on January 03, 2018, 07:15:37 AM
Hopefully you won't have to chase Ghoselle this time, since as you pointed out the timers are pretty generous and there's no need for her to rush.
Ahahahahahaha!

I probably won't wear my run "raid-speed" gearset...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 05, 2018, 06:17:47 AM
I have a feeling that everyone else on tomorrow's Poor Unfortunate Soul team knows more about these instances than I do. Please excuse me for being a nervous Nellie:

I suggest we rendezvous at Valarjar 53,44. We can queue up for Heroic Black Rook Hold, quit the instance at the end, then immediately walk into Mythic Maw of Souls after resetting the difficulty.

I'll have the potions and food I need for Yungi. If anyone would like me to pick up some consumables for them, please let me know.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 05, 2018, 01:26:01 PM
If you want to make it a bit safer you clear up the to the first boss in the mythic before going to do Black Rook Hold
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 06, 2018, 08:32:44 PM
For all those who weren't there: The Poor Unfortunately Souls run was slick and smooth. The achievement timers allowed for an hour total, and we completed it in thirty minutes. My thanks again (in print) to Ghoselle, Andius, Snique, and Jenilea.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on January 07, 2018, 08:05:03 AM
For all those who weren't there: The Poor Unfortunately Souls run was slick and smooth. The achievement timers allowed for an hour total, and we completed it in thirty minutes. My thanks again (in print) to Ghoselle, Andius, Snique, and Jenilea.

I'd like to thank Winston for organizing this, and for doing all the research in to everything about this achievement.  He did the preparation so that if it'd been much harder we'd still have had a good chance of success.


And my offer still stands, that if there are people who want this pet, I'm willing to tank this again.


What we did:
gathered at Maw of Souls
cleared the trash in mythic maw of souls up to the first boss
exited the instance
group queued for heroic black rook hold
in the first room, click on the blue candle/brazier   (This starts the timer)
completed heroic BRH
left instance group, which put us back at the Maw of Souls entrance
cleared mythic maw of souls
checked mailbox and got pet


This gave us lots of time for every step.  We could have skipped the trash clear for maw, but there is no reason to do so.  Each boss you kill in Maw resets the timer.  The timer is relatively generous at current gear levels.  Folks world quest geared should have no problems with it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 14, 2018, 10:02:56 AM
A bit of an update on my insanity:

I've discovered that Andius' and Honorata's advice on PvP grinding for the pets is accurate. When I tried the Warden's Towers quests on my Prot Warrior about a year ago, they were tedious and I couldn't bring down the boss. Now, with gear improvements from insta-completing the 500-honor PvP quests, the Prot Warrior can solo them trivially. I still group up with WQGF to make the process quicker.

For the 500-honor PvP quests I still use the 18-hour insta-complete, except for Black Rook Hold. With that one, I just group up and tell my party to kill me. I get progress in completing the quest from my own death. It's quick, and I can save the insta-complete for the next instance of the 500-honor quest.

One more Darkbrul Arena, and I'll have the Prestigious War Mount (which requires 20 completions of each of the 500-honor world quests). Not bad for someone who hates PvP.

Andius gave a great tip on completing the Master Paku encounter in the Brawler's Guild on my Warlock: Use a target macro ("/tar Master Pak" since I don't know if it's spelled with one or two "k"s) to lock onto him. I haven't had a chance try it yet, since I need to have a lot of patience stored up to venture into the Brawler's Guild. (250 Brawler's Gold for a cemetery doesn't hurt either.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 14, 2018, 11:10:37 AM
Remember you can walk instead of running around the maze, by using the run/walk key :D
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 14, 2018, 01:28:40 PM
That's what I do. It's still tricky for me to do without hitting the maze's edge. As I've said before: Take look at the Wikipedia article on "clumsy". You'll see a picture of me there.

(Actually, you'll see a picture of Fergie. So much for comic exaggeration.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 15, 2018, 08:36:35 AM
Minor discovery: If you go to the Black Rook Hold PvP area, and there's no one else there, the game will start throwing NPCs at you. They're easy to defeat and count towards quest completion.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on January 21, 2018, 08:46:28 PM
I found this mildly interesting: apparently you can make a lot of gold quickly by picking random people on your server and asking to buy their pets for less than market value.  (Aside from any potential ethical considerations, spending hours a day cold-whispering strangers isn't my idea of fun, but it's still interesting to know that it works.)

https://www.reddit.com/r/woweconomy/comments/7s06yw/the_ethically_gray_way_i_made_my_fortune_before/
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 22, 2018, 06:47:15 PM
A new pet has become available: the Silithid Mini-Tank. It can drop from rares in Silithus: http://ptr.wowhead.com/npc=133064/silithid-mini-tank#comments

This can only drop in the post-Antorus phase of Silithus. Fortunately for me, it can be caged. It's available on the AH at prices that (on the insane pet collector scale) are reasonable.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 22, 2018, 08:39:24 PM
There is two pets in 7.3.5 the  Silithid Mini-Tank and the Mailemental.

Mailemental
Mailemental Players must first obtain the breadcrumb quest from a lootable BoP letter on the ground next to a mailbox in Dalaran (Broken Isles). The item begins the quest Lost Mail. The lootable object has respawn time of roughly 2-3 hours.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 23, 2018, 03:32:00 AM
Thanks, Andius. I hadn't noticed the Mailemental: http://www.wowhead.com/postmaster-questline

Even though picking up the initial breadcrumb quest is difficult (there's already a line at the mailbox in Dalaran), once it's completed you can send a copy of the Lost Mail to someone else so they can do it. Finally, World of Warcraft has a chain letter!

Edit: Even though the Mailemental is not cageable, the Lost Mail is tradeable. It's available on the AH at the usual inflated prices.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 23, 2018, 05:36:06 AM
the mailbox in Dalaran

Does that mean it only spawns at one of the Dalaran mailboxes? There are quite a lot...
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: jsoh on January 23, 2018, 06:04:58 AM
Quote
The quest starts with a dropped  Lost Mail on the ground by a mailbox in Dalaran, near the stairs leading to The Violet Citadel.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 23, 2018, 10:48:06 AM
Thinking on it, I wouldn't worry to much about grabbing the Lost Mail from the ground before anybody else does. At the end of the quest chain, you get a new Lost Mail. You can pass it on to another one of your characters if you want more than one to have the Postmaster title. Or can you can sell on it on the AH. What I plan to do with mine (assuming that I'm weak-willed enough to buy it on the AH, which is a safe assumption) is to offer to pass it onto one of the Poor Unfortunate Souls who joined me on the Lagan run. If we pass it on to one another, we can all get the pet.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Fallowgrey on January 23, 2018, 11:14:56 AM
Quote
The quest starts with a dropped  Lost Mail on the ground by a mailbox in Dalaran, near the stairs leading to The Violet Citadel.

Had to be they did this to my favorite mailbox.  (It's a quick jump out the window from the Priest Class Hall portal).  I guess I'll jump off the interior balcony to the courtyard mailbox until things calm down.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 23, 2018, 07:18:15 PM
I now have the lost mail :)



Edit :
Achievements
The  Priority Mail achievement and Postmaster title are now account-wide.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on January 24, 2018, 04:44:45 AM
I'm curious to learn if you find any part of the Mailemental quest chain to be difficult. I'm a bit worried about the mail sorting.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on January 24, 2018, 10:15:52 AM
If this item can indeed be passed around I'd be interested in taking a turn somewhere in the line.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: erstyx on January 24, 2018, 02:31:31 PM
Note that it's now been hotfixed to spawn in front of a random Dalaran mailbox, not always the same one.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 24, 2018, 03:08:14 PM
The quest is easy the mail sorting if you know the zones towns well not to0 hard if you do not it is difficult.

Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on January 24, 2018, 03:37:30 PM
If this item can indeed be passed around I'd be interested in taking a turn somewhere in the line.

I'll set up a thread to do this but today (Wednesday) I'm a little busy. I hope to get around to it Thursday.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 28, 2018, 04:46:12 AM
The Micronax pet is a reward for completing the Glory of the Tomb Raider achievement. If you'd like this pet, but you're not part of a guild or group that's going for the achievement, I found an opportunity (referred by warcraftpets.com): There's a fellow named Neall on on OpenRaid (http://openraid.zergid.com/) who organizes a wide array of instance-related achievement runs, including Tomb.

If you create an account on OpenRaid and do a search on #Neall, you'll see a list of his raids: http://openraid.zergid.com/events/find#event_name=%23Neall

He plans his raiding schedule a couple of months in advance, and I've signed up for the Alliance-side Tomb Achievement raids as Winston. His raids are usually over-subscribed. I believe he takes the first 30 people to sign up, and I'm not among the first 30 (though I'm 31st for the June 2 raid).

But...

On the Horde side, the June 3 Tomb Achievements sign-up list has not yet reached 30. I've signed up as Grotar for Damage/Tank. (I'll tank if he asks, but I've noted that I've never tanked a raid before.)  If you've got a Horde-side alt and you'd like the pet, this may be your chance; I certainly hope it's mine: http://openraid.zergid.com/events/view/311530#roster
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on April 29, 2018, 02:39:32 PM
I just saw today that there will be a new pet-battle currency that will replace Pet Charms:

https://www.icy-veins.com/forums/topic/37139-pet-battle-changes-in-battle-for-azeroth-beta/

(...and confirmed on other sites).

Blizzard has confirmed that the current Pet Charm currency can still be used to buy rewards in BfA. What's not yet clear is how or if some items (the stones that insta-level to 25, or that convert a pet to Rare) will carry over.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on April 29, 2018, 03:48:38 PM
The rest of the thread might be instructive:

https://www.wowhead.com/bluetracker?topic=20762158027

Current pet upgrade tokens will work on new pets.  It's possible that the old currency won't purchase upgrade tokens any more, but that's just speculation.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 04, 2018, 09:09:12 AM
We now know what's happening with honor and prestige in BfA: it's going account-wide, and all of the honor on your characters will be added up to compute your new account honor and prestige level.  That means you could auto-complete (or just do) daily PvP world quests on multiple characters in anticipation of the merge.

(There is also no time limit; honor and prestige rewards will remain obtainable after BfA.  I guess there's no guarantee that Legion PvP world quests will still be a thing or that they will rewards the same amount of honor, though.)

https://twitter.com/WarcraftDevs/status/992106315391512576
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 04, 2018, 10:06:50 AM
That would have been good to know before I ground my Horde-side warrior, Grotar, to P6R17 (as of today). I might as well complete it, if for no other reason to regain my #1 ranking for Earthen Ring on Warcraftpets.com.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 04, 2018, 01:13:27 PM
What is the prestige cap now?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 04, 2018, 02:03:37 PM
That would have been good to know before I ground my Horde-side warrior, Grotar, to P6R17 (as of today). I might as well complete it, if for no other reason to regain my #1 ranking for Earthen Ring on Warcraftpets.com.
Do you have an alliance toon at P7 yet?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 04, 2018, 02:09:22 PM
That would have been good to know before I ground my Horde-side warrior, Grotar, to P6R17 (as of today). I might as well complete it, if for no other reason to regain my #1 ranking for Earthen Ring on Warcraftpets.com.
Do you have an alliance toon at P7 yet?
No, just at P2. When I learned that I only needed to get a toon on one faction to P7 to get both P7 pets, I put all my effort on a Horde toon that had the insta-complete a quest every 18 hours.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 04, 2018, 04:06:01 PM
That would have been good to know before I ground my Horde-side warrior, Grotar, to P6R17 (as of today). I might as well complete it, if for no other reason to regain my #1 ranking for Earthen Ring on Warcraftpets.com.
Do you have an alliance toon at P7 yet?
No, just at P2. When I learned that I only needed to get a toon on one faction to P7 to get both P7 pets, I put all my effort on a Horde toon that had the insta-complete a quest every 18 hours.
Ahh, makes sense. I am late to the honor game - only P2. I was worried that the Prestige levels were going to go away. Now it looks like I don't need to do 5 more levels in 3 months - phew! Since the brawls are every 6 hours, I have been trying to get at least 3 done a day.

I have put a big push into pets over the last couple months and am now 14th on the ER list and still climbing.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 04, 2018, 04:17:52 PM
While Prestige is not going away getting honor in BfA may not be as easy as doing some mostly PvE content. As such it may require you to do real PvP.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 04, 2018, 04:29:42 PM
I have put a big push into pets over the last couple months and am now 14th on the ER list and still climbing.

If there's anything I can do to help push you ahead of me, please let me know. I don't know where "Nicksmithcc" came from (maybe transferred from another server so he could be #1 on ER?) but someone in our motley DC crew ought to beat him.

(I gotta admit that he's a good, if sexist, transmog on his Druid Wind.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 04, 2018, 04:44:10 PM
Well, I cannot beat him - I am missing too many of the early collector's edition and Blizzcon pets. I figure I can top out at 939 and that's if I collect all the recruit-a-friend pets.

Looks like the Deathwatch Hatchling is still obtainable, so maybe I will try to get that next. The last few are mostly grinding - I have bought everything I can on the AH.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 04, 2018, 05:42:52 PM
As I recall, I got the Deathwatch Hatchling through Ghoselle, who kind enough to invite me into Shattered Moon. I grinded up rep until I hit Revered with that Guild. Again, if I'm remembering correctly, you get that far just by leveling a toon to 20. I found that leveling a fresh toon is one of the best parts of the game, especially if you create one in a starting zone you haven't seen since before Cataclysm.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 05, 2018, 05:59:41 AM
What is the prestige cap now?
My understanding is that prestige will have no cap in BfA, but they don't plan to keep adding rewards, so after the current highest reward (25?) you won't get anything new.  Prestige will basically be a legacy reward system (like old reputations) and an indication of how much time you've sunk into PvP-ish stuff on your account.

Quote
While Prestige is not going away getting honor in BfA may not be as easy as doing some mostly PvE content. As such it may require you to do real PvP.
Yeah, we'll see.  They're re-introducing conquest points as a way to get gear through PvP, so they don't have to be stingy about honor.  So they won't need to remove honor from the Legion world quests, but that's not a guarantee that they won't do it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 05, 2018, 06:59:04 AM
As I recall, I got the Deathwatch Hatchling through Ghoselle, who kind enough to invite me into Shattered Moon. I grinded up rep until I hit Revered with that Guild. Again, if I'm remembering correctly, you get that far just by leveling a toon to 20. I found that leveling a fresh toon is one of the best parts of the game, especially if you create one in a starting zone you haven't seen since before Cataclysm.
The Deathwatch Hatchling is from a guild that has completed Gold Challenge achievement on the WoD dungeons. I just joined a guild on Ravencrest that has the achievement - leveling a DK. If Shattered Moon has that achievement, that would simpler.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 05, 2018, 08:48:23 AM
My memory is hazy. I remember joining three guilds to get pets. One was Ghoselle's, one was a Horde-side group on the Madoran server called Pet Peeves, a guild devoted to pet achievement that Andius introduced me to. And a third I found on warcraftpets.com, that's nominally a raiding guild but also lets passers-by join solely to get a pet. If you've already found guilds that get you all the achievement-based pets, great! If not, let me know and I'll check my toons on other servers to see which can get you the additional pets.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: jsoh on May 05, 2018, 12:29:35 PM
I'm preeeeeeeeeeeetty sure that Shattered Moon doesn't have the Gold Challenge mode cheevo.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 05, 2018, 12:52:13 PM
I do need a horde guild with the guild page (have the guild herald on my horde guild on Farstriders). If anyone can invite an alt to one, that would be fantastic.

Are the Gryphon Hatchling and Wind Rider Pup (they came with the plushies) still available? I do not see them on the Blizzard store or gear store.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 05, 2018, 01:14:56 PM
I believe I joined Pet Peeves on Madoran to get the Guild page. Andius can confirm (or refute).

The plushie pets are no longer sold by Blizzard, but you can still get them (with unscratched cards) at prices that are only screamingly low by pet-collector standards:

https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00HBGCZL8
https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00H5BTDSM
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 05, 2018, 02:31:42 PM
I believe I joined Pet Peeves on Madoran to get the Guild page. Andius can confirm (or refute).

The plushie pets are no longer sold by Blizzard, but you can still get them (with unscratched cards) at prices that are only screamingly low by pet-collector standards:

https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00HBGCZL8
https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00H5BTDSM

Pet Peeves does have the Guild Page pet, I have an alt in the guild I think I may be able to invite.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 05, 2018, 04:03:34 PM
Pet Peeves does have the Guild Page pet, I have an alt in the guild I think I may be able to invite.
As it happens, I do have a horde toon - Jenilea - on Madoran from the Panderia guild pet thing. If you do have invite, let me know when you could invite me. My battletag is Jenilea#1822.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 05, 2018, 04:05:13 PM
I believe I joined Pet Peeves on Madoran to get the Guild page. Andius can confirm (or refute).

The plushie pets are no longer sold by Blizzard, but you can still get them (with unscratched cards) at prices that are only screamingly low by pet-collector standards:

https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00HBGCZL8
https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00H5BTDSM
Hmmm - those are pretty expensive for a pet, especially since I cannot pay with Blizz Bucks. :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: **andius on May 05, 2018, 04:23:24 PM
Pet Peeves does have the Guild Page pet, I have an alt in the guild I think I may be able to invite.
As it happens, I do have a horde toon - Jenilea - on Madoran from the Panderia guild pet thing. If you do have invite, let me know when you could invite me. My battletag is Jenilea#1822.

I should be able to get on when you want, just say when. While the weather is nice I'm spending more time outside doing Gardening rather than playing WoW :)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 06, 2018, 03:00:54 PM
I believe I joined Pet Peeves on Madoran to get the Guild page. Andius can confirm (or refute).

The plushie pets are no longer sold by Blizzard, but you can still get them (with unscratched cards) at prices that are only screamingly low by pet-collector standards:

https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00HBGCZL8
https://www.amazon.com/gp/offer-listing/B00H5BTDSM
Hmmm - those are pretty expensive for a pet, especially since I cannot pay with Blizz Bucks. :)

If you get into competitive pet collecting, $60-$70 for a pet will begin to seem reasonable. That's what it costs to get a Blizzcon pet for a convention that you otherwise have no interest in.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 06, 2018, 05:31:43 PM
If you get into competitive pet collecting, $60-$70 for a pet will begin to seem reasonable. That's what it costs to get a Blizzcon pet for a convention that you otherwise have no interest in.
With tokens, Blizzcon does not cost me any real money - just wow gold. I cannot same the same for buying pet via Amazon. :(

Without the early collector's edition pets and early Blizzcon pets, I do not think I fall into the competitive pet collector category. :)

Andius, thank you for arranging the invite to Pet Peeves. Took about 3 hours to get to Honored guild rep and buy the Guild Page.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 20, 2018, 08:04:47 AM
It's done. After months of PvP world quests, Grotar finally reached Prestige 7. I've gotten the Dutiful Gruntling and Dutiful Squire.

Overall, this was definitely the longest grind that I've ever done for pets. It wasn't the worst by far; that honor belongs to the PvP Pet Battle grind.

I imagine that everyone in this group who's contemplated this grind either has already done it or is on their way. But just in case someone else wants to try it, here are my notes:

- I didn't participate in any Battleground or Arenas, since as I've noted before they're just a frustrating exercise for me. The time it takes isn't compensated by the meager amount of honor you get from losing a battle. (Winning a PvP battle? It's like climbing Mount Everest: I hear some people do it, but I never have.)

- When I first started with the Tower PvP dailies, they could be annoying because of griefing by PCs of the opposing faction. That's over now. From the time I took Grotar from Prestige 1 to Prestige 7, I didn't experience a single griefing episode at a Tower.

- The Towers were also hard at the start because I hadn't spent much time improving Grotar's gear. But once you get past ilvl 880 or so, they become soloable; with ilvl 910+ gear from Argus, they become trivial. (Since I don't do instances, the highest gear level I could get on Grotar was ilvl 928; more than sufficient.)

- The FFA world quests also became easier. I mostly insta-completed them using the Warrior's Order Hall ability. I also sped things up as I learned which ones were worthwhile doing: The Black Rook one in Val'sharah is easy; just join a group, get in one blow to everyone you see, then wait to be killed. The Stormheim one (defeat animals and optionally use them as mounts) goes very quickly when you've got flying and good gear, so at this point even for potential griefers it's faster just to defeat 20 critters than to battle other PCs. Murloc Freedom (in Aszuna) had more PvP interaction, because it was all too easy for a party to take down every available Murloc; you're left twiddling their fingers for them to respawn and the temptation to go after other PCs is strong. The Darkbrul Arena in Highmountain I generally avoided; apart from more PvP interaction than I cared to handle, it's just too hard to get to.

There were some side benefits to the grind. The rewards from the PvP world quests helped to push the levels of both Grotar's Protection and Arms artifacts to 75. I also got some practice both with a Warrior's Protection and Arms specs, which might be useful in the future (subject to the usual changes in coming expansions).

At some point, I noticed that I'd gotten about 150 Marks of Honor from these PvP quests just sitting in my inventory. What what I supposed to do with them? I only discovered the answer about a month ago: transmog. Grotar still has about 100 Marks, even after I purchased all the old PvP sets I wanted.

So I'm not quite done with PvP. There are a couple more outfits I want to get for some of my other toons. In particular, I check in daily to see which PvP world quests give Marks as an award, and let Winston and Winella insta-complete them. One more PvP quest award, and I'll be done.

Druids don't have an insta-complete, so I had to level her up enough so she could handle the PvP world quests to get the transmog gear I wanted for her. Along the way, I rediscovered Ghoselle's Law: Playing a Druid is the coolest thing ever. I might make her my main for BfA.

Next up: Tackling Master Pakku in the Brawler's Guild. We'll see if I can overcome the clumsies.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 20, 2018, 08:30:39 AM
Marks of Honor are BoA, so you can acquire them on your warlock with insta-completes and then send them to your druid if you want.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 20, 2018, 10:04:30 AM
Thanks, Marco! I hadn't noticed that. I've just finished purchasing the last of the PvP transmog ensembles that I'm interested in. This marks the wrap-up of my PvP with this expansion.

Please, Blizzard, no PvP pets for BfA! Pretty please?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 20, 2018, 11:10:39 AM
You may be in luck, since they don't plan to add to the prestige system and the conquest system doesn't seem amenable to pet rewards.  wowhead had a post just a few days ago about what's currently in the data for new pets; aside from the ones for having 800 and 1000 unique pets and the one which costs 100K gold from a vendor, everything with a known source looks pretty easy to obtain so far.  Pet collectors will of course already have 800 unique pets, and may not have much trouble getting to 1000 with the BfA additions.

https://www.wowhead.com/news=284461/battle-for-azeroth-26624-battle-pet-content-updates
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 20, 2018, 12:48:24 PM
The only one that looks problematic is the one that requires 400 toys, since I never made toy collection a priority. I've only got 116. It may be time to start hitting the toy-collection websites.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 21, 2018, 06:39:50 AM
For a meta-achievement like Glory of the Tomb Raider, if I get half the individual achievements on one character and the rest on another, does that count as getting the meta? Or do they all have to be done on the same toon or faction?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 21, 2018, 07:14:46 AM
This property is called "account-wide progress", and Glory of the Tomb Raider is listed as having it on the wowhead entry (https://www.wowhead.com/achievement=11763/glory-of-the-tomb-raider).

Some achievements do not have this property, like Field Medic (https://www.wowhead.com/achievement=11139/field-medic) but I don't know if any of them are meta-achievements in the sense of having other achievements as criteria.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 22, 2018, 04:13:03 AM
MMOC shows the new reward structure for Prestige, now called simply Honor, Levels. The Dutiful pets will require only level 5 vs level 7 previously. However, the Alliance Enthusiast/Horde Fanatic will require level 20 vs level 1 now.

Anyone interested in pet who does not have the Enthusiast/Fanatic already should get them soon. Level 1 is pretty quick to get.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on May 22, 2018, 05:33:41 AM
Anyone interested in pet who does not have the Enthusiast/Fanatic already should get them soon. Level 1 is pretty quick to get.

How do I get this thing? (I can look it up when I get home; work firewall blocks the sites I'd typically search for this kind of thing.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on May 22, 2018, 02:04:29 PM
Anyone interested in pet who does not have the Enthusiast/Fanatic already should get them soon. Level 1 is pretty quick to get.

How do I get this thing? (I can look it up when I get home; work firewall blocks the sites I'd typically search for this kind of thing.)
PvP until Prestige lvl 1 before 8.0 and you will get one of the pets automatically - alliance or horde. To get the other faction, log into a toon on the other faction and visit the pvp vendor in Dalaran.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 22, 2018, 03:26:07 PM
Anyone interested in pet who does not have the Enthusiast/Fanatic already should get them soon. Level 1 is pretty quick to get.

How do I get this thing? (I can look it up when I get home; work firewall blocks the sites I'd typically search for this kind of thing.)
PvP until Prestige lvl 1 before 8.0 and you will get one of the pets automatically - alliance or horde. To get the other faction, log into a toon on the other faction and visit the pvp vendor in Dalaran.
Follow my earlier advice (here's the link (https://www.deadlycupcakes.org/forums/index.php?topic=2820.msg61731#msg61731) so you don't have to search) and you'll get those pets in about three weeks of grinding less than a half hour per day.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 24, 2018, 08:46:18 PM
Current pet upgrade tokens will work on new pets.  It's possible that the old currency won't purchase upgrade tokens any more, but that's just speculation.
It's no longer speculation.  The old currency will buy old pets, but upgrade tokens will require the new currency.  So spend your old pet charms on upgrade tokens if you aren't planning to spend them on existing pet-charm pets.

Also, if you haven't gotten a pocket pet portal yet (increases max pets to 1500), it will be available for some number of new pet charms in BfA, rather than as an achievement reward for doing 30 Legion pet battle world quests.

http://us.battle.net/forums/wow/topic/20762158027?page=5#82
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 25, 2018, 01:22:45 AM
Thanks, Marco!

Now on to the next grind: toys. I presently have 144, out of the 400 needed to get that pet in BfA. Right now I'm grinding at the Argent Tournament both Alliance- and Horde-side, since a total of 10 toys are available there.

There are toy-collection pages at wowhead, but they're mostly lists. Before I start farming Pandaren rare elites for toy drops or something like that, let me ask you experts: Where does one start ones toy collection? Are there places where you just go and buy toys for gold? Any typical AH deals?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on May 25, 2018, 06:00:42 AM
Almost every crafting profession can produce multiple toys now. Usually one or two per expansion's recipes. That should easily net you another 10-20 assuming you don't have those already. It's a timewalking week and those vendors often have 2-3 toys per vendor. If you have the badges and can access the vendor you don't have to wait for that particular TW week to come around. Some vendors are only in game on their weeks but some (e.g. Timeless Isle Pandaria) are around always. I believe each class hall in this expansion has 2-3 toys, and of course there are faction vendors for those factions you have rep with. Most of those are purchasable for gold, but some require specific foos. I can't double-check right now but Garrisons had a number of toys. If you can send your alts back to their garrisons to search the various options there you can net some.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on May 25, 2018, 07:11:13 AM
Notes on timewalking:

* It's slow to grind out timewalking badges in a short period of time, but the first timewalking dungeon you do in a given week gives 500 badges.  You can do that on multiple alts; while you can't then pool the currency together, doing that across multiple timewalking weeks is the most efficient way to get enough currency to buy toys (or mounts or whatever).

* Pit of Saron (during Wrath week) can be pretty difficult; the other dungeons are mostly pretty easy.  The queue times for DPS aren't usually too high.  If you heal, the tank may require more attention than in a random heroic.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 25, 2018, 02:23:14 PM
The TImewalking stuff is going to make me unpopular. I don't remember the old instances, or (for Cata and WoD) I was never in them. Of the characters I'd send out to gather the badges, three of them are tanks (Warrior, Death Knight, Druid) and there's not much forgiveness out there for a tank who doesn't know the encounters. It can be even worse when I bring my healer, since even as a Mistweaver Monk I can fall behind in a strange instance; a couple of times I was locked out of a boss encounter.

This is why I can be willing to spend $60 to get a pet. It's better than dealing with the insults and embarrassment. 
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on May 27, 2018, 08:17:17 AM
YMMV of course, but I've found healing these things to be pretty easy. I agree that having a tank who doesn't know the instance can make things bad. If you can time it so that you queue when there's a shortage of healers (which there very often is) you get 50 bonus badges, which can shorten the misery considerably. Since you're driving for account-wide rewards it can all be done on a single toon. Miserably repetitive but so are most grinds.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 27, 2018, 10:54:09 AM
Hmm... easier as a healer? I've got my Mistweaver geared up. Perhaps I can take advantage of Ghoselle's Law and groom the healing spec of my Druid. That would at least give me two toons to easily grind for foos.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: ghoselle on May 27, 2018, 04:33:47 PM
Hmm... easier as a healer? I've got my Mistweaver geared up. Perhaps I can take advantage of Ghoselle's Law and groom the healing spec of my Druid. That would at least give me two toons to easily grind for foos.

I'm not sure what "Ghoselle's Law" is - but I'm assuming its something like "you can do anything with a druid", or maybe "everything is better when you are a druid."
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on May 27, 2018, 05:19:46 PM
Hmm... easier as a healer? I've got my Mistweaver geared up. Perhaps I can take advantage of Ghoselle's Law and groom the healing spec of my Druid. That would at least give me two toons to easily grind for foos.

I'm not sure what "Ghoselle's Law" is - but I'm assuming its something like "you can do anything with a druid", or maybe "everything is better when you are a druid."

It's "Druids are the coolest thing ever!"
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on June 02, 2018, 04:08:25 PM
The Micronax pet is a reward for completing the Glory of the Tomb Raider achievement. If you'd like this pet, but you're not part of a guild or group that's going for the achievement, I found an opportunity (referred by warcraftpets.com): There's a fellow named Neall on on OpenRaid (http://openraid.zergid.com/) who organizes a wide array of instance-related achievement runs, including Tomb.

If you create an account on OpenRaid and do a search on #Neall, you'll see a list of his raids: http://openraid.zergid.com/events/find#event_name=%23Neall
Thanks for this advice. I got into his Alliance raid today from the reserve list - I was about 10 spots down. I am now the proud owner of a Micronax! He is a great raid leader and quite amusing too! Highly recommended.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 02, 2018, 07:49:26 PM
I'm going on the Horde version tomorrow. Did you clear all the achievements in a single run? Or did you have some of them, and filled in what you didn't have?
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on June 02, 2018, 08:18:07 PM
I'm going on the Horde version tomorrow. Did you clear all the achievements in a single run? Or did you have some of them, and filled in what you didn't have?
We cleared them all. I did have one from before but we did it.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 03, 2018, 04:02:58 PM
Just got out of the Horde version of Neall's raid. I've got my Micronax. The experience is just as Jenilea described: Neall is an excellent raid leader.

I was one of the raid tanks. I let Neall know that I'd never tanked a raid before, only normal 5-mans. He explained everything to me, and everyone was forgiving when I flubbed occasionally.

I'm not back to #1 on Earthen Ring pet owners at warcraftpets.com yet; somehow Nicksmithcc has one more point in their score than I do. Next weekend I'll go after Tyler Gronnden.

Edit: I discovered that there was one pet (Shadow) that I hadn't maxed out to level 25 yet. So I may be #1 until BfA comes out. After that... 400 toys. Meh.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on June 04, 2018, 09:07:51 AM
A recent BfA build added a pet which requires a million gold on your character to get, but doesn't actually take away the million gold.  (So people with gold-rich friends could potentially borrow a million gold for a few minutes to get the pet.)

https://www.wowhead.com/news=284713/francois-the-faberge-egg-pet-for-one-million-gold
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 10, 2018, 09:31:37 AM
To my amazement, I got through the Master Pakku encounter in the Brawler's Guild on my second try today.

Thus begins my next wowcation. A part of me wants to start on the long grind to go from 170 to 400 pets, but having recently gone through a months-long grind for the PvP Prestige pets, my heart isn't in it.

I'll see how I'll feel about the whole pet-collecting deal when BfA is released.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on June 21, 2018, 07:39:15 AM
You may be in luck, since they don't plan to add to the prestige system
I based that on statements made in interviews circa Blizzcon, I think, but Blizzard does not seem to have held to this philosophy.  As Jeni noted a while ago, the term "prestige" has been retired and now you simply gain account-wide honor levels forever, with your initial honor level determined by adding together all of the honor earned on your account's characters.  I don't know if anyone has reverse-engineered the conversion.  I copied Jammerwoch to the PTR a little while ago and have honor level 10, but I don't know if that took into account more than just the one character and I didn't do much Legion PvP.

So, they recently added Sir Snips (alliance) and Bucketshell (horde) as battle pet rewards for honor level 400, which seems like it will take a lot of effort to reach as the last reward (a mount) is at honor level 500.  So Winston isn't in luck after all.

https://www.wowhead.com/pvp-overview-battle-for-azeroth
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 21, 2018, 09:44:50 AM
Thanks Marco. This adds to my conviction that, with BfA, it may be time to stop my pet-collecting efforts. It's been a good run, and I was #1 on ER for longer than I ever dreamed I would be, but perhaps it's time to let the skilled collectors assume that title.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on June 22, 2018, 03:50:05 AM
Wait a sec... what exactly is an "Honor Level"? It doesn't seem to be the the same as the current "Prestige Level". If an Honor Level is the same as the current Honor Rank (50 per Prestige Level), then with one toon at Prestige 7 and another at Prestige 1 I'd have 350 Honor Levels already. On that scale, the grind to 400 Honor Levels doesn't seem that bad.

... except it can't be like that, because then all the expert PvPers in Legion would already be at max Honor Level in BfA. Oh, well.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Marco on June 22, 2018, 08:48:10 AM
It's somewhere in between current honor levels and current prestige levels.  Right now on the PTR it looks like it's a flat 8800 honor points per honor level.
 There's an addon which will calculate your BfA honor level using that conversion, after you log in your characters on live.

I also don't know what BfA honor sources will be like.  The grind could be very painful or quite mild depending on what they are.

https://www.wowinterface.com/downloads/info24650-ZigiPrestige-AccountPrestigeCalculator.html
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Jenilea on July 14, 2018, 09:42:00 PM
After hearing about the 400 toy pet a couple months ago, I embarked on serious toy collecting. I had 280 toys at that time, mostly picked up from drops, quests or vendors - I did have most of the timewalking ones. Today, I hit 401.

What I did was get the Toy Box Enhanced addon from Curse. It was very useful for sorting uncollected toys by source (e.g.; vendor/drop/quest) and/or expansion.

I also found the Wowhead Zone-by-zone guide useful: http://www.wowhead.com/guide=3605/zone-by-zone-toy-guide. In particular, that guide lists toys that are NOT shown grayed out in the toy box already. There are several toys in that category that only show up in the toy box after obtaining them. Class specific toys seem to be the most common cases. My last two toys were from the Mage-only vendor in Northrend Dalaran.

There is another wowhead guide, http://www.wowhead.com/toy-box-tracking-collection-guide. I did not find its presentation as nice to navigate but YMMV. I did setup a wowhead account to upload my toy list, as this guide suggested, but it did not work for me.

What I did:
- Found the vendors selling toys I did not have. Many of those require rep which I mostly already had.
- Profession toys - mostly engineering - were pretty easy (archaeology aside) though some recipes/ingredients were expensive.
- Bought the toys available on the AH - some were pricey but I have gold on 3 servers and there can be quite a difference between servers.
- Elite grinding on Argus, Draenor and Pandaria. This was the most time consuming part.
- Midsummer Festival - there are about a dozen event toys I did not have, so more to collect when the holidays come back around. Notably, I skipped Darkmoon Faire (10 toys still to collect) as I did not want to invest the time to master all the Faire games needed to get them.
- There were a few quest/achievement toys I did not have - I did the easy ones.
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Snique on August 26, 2018, 05:45:04 AM
Blizzard is clearly trolling players: https://www.eurogamer.net/amp/2018-08-25-elaborate-long-winded-world-of-warcraft-secret-is-a-waist-of-time

(tl;dr it's an article about a really-hard-to-get piece of gear called "waist of time" - a belt - that requires a prerequisite really-hard-to-get battle pet.)
Title: Re: Pet Battles Have Eaten My Brain
Post by: Winston on August 26, 2018, 07:21:39 AM
I picked the right time to get out of the pet-collecting game. (The next Blizzard item will be the Waist of Money.)